Cisco Cisco MGX MGX 8800 Bedienungsanleitung

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638

Zur Seite of

Richtige Gebrauchsanleitung

Die Vorschriften verpflichten den Verkäufer zur Übertragung der Gebrauchsanleitung Cisco Cisco MGX MGX 8800 an den Erwerber, zusammen mit der Ware. Eine fehlende Anleitung oder falsche Informationen, die dem Verbraucher übertragen werden, bilden eine Grundlage für eine Reklamation aufgrund Unstimmigkeit des Geräts mit dem Vertrag. Rechtsmäßig lässt man das Anfügen einer Gebrauchsanleitung in anderer Form als Papierform zu, was letztens sehr oft genutzt wird, indem man eine grafische oder elektronische Anleitung von Cisco Cisco MGX MGX 8800, sowie Anleitungsvideos für Nutzer beifügt. Die Bedingung ist, dass ihre Form leserlich und verständlich ist.

Was ist eine Gebrauchsanleitung?

Das Wort kommt vom lateinischen „instructio”, d.h. ordnen. Demnach kann man in der Anleitung Cisco Cisco MGX MGX 8800 die Beschreibung der Etappen der Vorgehensweisen finden. Das Ziel der Anleitung ist die Belehrung, Vereinfachung des Starts, der Nutzung des Geräts oder auch der Ausführung bestimmter Tätigkeiten. Die Anleitung ist eine Sammlung von Informationen über ein Gegenstand/eine Dienstleistung, ein Hinweis.

Leider widmen nicht viele Nutzer ihre Zeit der Gebrauchsanleitung Cisco Cisco MGX MGX 8800. Eine gute Gebrauchsanleitung erlaubt nicht nur eine Reihe zusätzlicher Funktionen des gekauften Geräts kennenzulernen, sondern hilft dabei viele Fehler zu vermeiden.

Was sollte also eine ideale Gebrauchsanleitung beinhalten?

Die Gebrauchsanleitung Cisco Cisco MGX MGX 8800 sollte vor allem folgendes enthalten:
- Informationen über technische Daten des Geräts Cisco Cisco MGX MGX 8800
- Den Namen des Produzenten und das Produktionsjahr des Geräts Cisco Cisco MGX MGX 8800
- Grundsätze der Bedienung, Regulierung und Wartung des Geräts Cisco Cisco MGX MGX 8800
- Sicherheitszeichen und Zertifikate, die die Übereinstimmung mit entsprechenden Normen bestätigen

Warum lesen wir keine Gebrauchsanleitungen?

Der Grund dafür ist die fehlende Zeit und die Sicherheit, was die bestimmten Funktionen der gekauften Geräte angeht. Leider ist das Anschließen und Starten von Cisco Cisco MGX MGX 8800 zu wenig. Eine Anleitung beinhaltet eine Reihe von Hinweisen bezüglich bestimmter Funktionen, Sicherheitsgrundsätze, Wartungsarten (sogar das, welche Mittel man benutzen sollte), eventueller Fehler von Cisco Cisco MGX MGX 8800 und Lösungsarten für Probleme, die während der Nutzung auftreten könnten. Immerhin kann man in der Gebrauchsanleitung die Kontaktnummer zum Service Cisco finden, wenn die vorgeschlagenen Lösungen nicht wirksam sind. Aktuell erfreuen sich Anleitungen in Form von interessanten Animationen oder Videoanleitungen an Popularität, die den Nutzer besser ansprechen als eine Broschüre. Diese Art von Anleitung gibt garantiert, dass der Nutzer sich das ganze Video anschaut, ohne die spezifizierten und komplizierten technischen Beschreibungen von Cisco Cisco MGX MGX 8800 zu überspringen, wie es bei der Papierform passiert.

Warum sollte man Gebrauchsanleitungen lesen?

In der Gebrauchsanleitung finden wir vor allem die Antwort über den Bau sowie die Möglichkeiten des Geräts Cisco Cisco MGX MGX 8800, über die Nutzung bestimmter Accessoires und eine Reihe von Informationen, die erlauben, jegliche Funktionen und Bequemlichkeiten zu nutzen.

Nach dem gelungenen Kauf des Geräts, sollte man einige Zeit für das Kennenlernen jedes Teils der Anleitung von Cisco Cisco MGX MGX 8800 widmen. Aktuell sind sie genau vorbereitet oder übersetzt, damit sie nicht nur verständlich für die Nutzer sind, aber auch ihre grundliegende Hilfs-Informations-Funktion erfüllen.

Inhaltsverzeichnis der Gebrauchsanleitungen

  • Seite 1

    Corporate He adquarters Cisco System s, Inc . 170 West Ta sman Drive San Jos e, CA 95134 -1706 USA http://www.ci sco.com Tel: 408 526-4000 800 553- NETS (638 7) Fax: 408 526-4100 Cisco MGX 880 0/890 0 S eries Hardwa re Installation Gui de R ele ases 2.0 - 5.2 May 2 0 06 Text Pa rt Num ber: OL -4545-01 Rev. H0[...]

  • Seite 2

    THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCT S IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. ALL STATEMENT S, INFORMATI ON, AND RECOMMENDA TIONS IN T HIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BU T ARE PRESEN TED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRE SS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUC[...]

  • Seite 3

    3 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 CONTENTS About Th is Guide 33 Audienc e 33 Pur pose 33 Organi zation 33 Conv enti ons 34 Note s, Warn ings, an d Caution s 35 Notes abo ut Warning s 35 Scop e of this Guid e 35 New Hardwa re Intr oduced in Re leases 4. 0.10 thr o[...]

  • Seite 4

    Cont ent s 4 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Mult iple Terms 5 Narro w Band and Cell B us Se rvice Module s 6 Overv iew o f C ard Sl ot A ssign ment s, b y Cha ssis 7 MPSM Slot A ssignment s and MPSM Licen sing 15 Cisco MGX 885 0 and MGX 8850/B Swi tches 15 Featu[...]

  • Seite 5

    Cont ents 5 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 MGX 8830 Cards Suppor ted 50 MGX 8830 Syst em Hardware Comp onents 50 AC Power Supp ly Tray 51 APS Assembl y 52 DC Pow er Entr y Module (PEM) 54 Fan Tray 55 MGX 8830/B Red undanc y Connecto r 57 Cisco MGX 888 0 Media Ga[...]

  • Seite 6

    Cont ent s 6 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 AXSM 13 Facepl ate Fea tures 16 Modu le Co nfigur ation s 21 CESM 23 Facepl ate Fea tures 25 Modu le Co nfigur ation s 26 FRSM 27 Facepl ate Fea tures 29 Modu le Co nfigur ation s 33 FRSM-12- T3E3 34 Facepl ate Fea tur[...]

  • Seite 7

    Cont ents 7 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Back Ca rds 80 Card S lots 83 Facepl ate Fea tures 84 Module Conf igura tions 87 VXSM OC -3/STM- 1 Inte rface 88 VXSM T 1/E1 I nterfac e 88 VXSM T 3 Inte rface 89 XM60 89 Facepl ate Fea tures 91 Back Ca rds 92 Back Card[...]

  • Seite 8

    Cont ent s 8 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 RJ45-FE 128 RJ48-8E 1 and R-RJ 48-8E1 129 RJ48-8T 1 and R-RJ 48-8T1 130 SCSI2-2 HSSI/B 131 SFP-2- 155 132 SFP-8- 155 134 SMB-2-15 5-EL 136 SMB-4-15 5 137 SMB-6-T3 E3 138 SMB-8E1 and R-SMB-8E1 139 SMB-8E3 140 SMB-8T3 14[...]

  • Seite 9

    Cont ents 9 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Hot Swappi ng Cards and Modules 8 Card In stalla tion Gu idelin es 8 How Cisco MGX Syst ems a re Shipp ed 10 Site Req uirement s for the MGX 885 0 or MGX 8850/B Swi tch 10 Enviro nmenta l Requir ements 11 Seis mic An ch[...]

  • Seite 10

    Cont ent s 10 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 DC Power 48 Power Cons umption Cal culati on Table s 49 Requir ed Tools an d Equip ment 53 Site Req uirement s for the MGX 888 0 Media Gat eway 55 Enviro nmenta l Requir ements 56 Seis mic An chorin g 56 Shock 56 Vibr[...]

  • Seite 11

    Cont ents 11 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Inter card APS Configur atio ns 17 Planni ng for Bul k Distr ibuti on 20 Planni ng for Adva nced Sof tware Featur es 21 Invers e Multiplex ing over ATM ( IMA) Configur ations —MGX 8830, MGX 8850 (PXM45) , and MGX 885[...]

  • Seite 12

    Cont ent s 12 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Insta ll Stab ility P late f or Se ismic Anch oring 52 Ground th e Frame Bo nding Grou nd Connect ion for a Ci sco-S upplied Rack 55 Measure Ra ck Space 57 Prepar e for Rac k Instal lation 58 Insta ll th e AC Powe r S[...]

  • Seite 13

    Cont ents 13 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Connect the Al arms 130 Connect the MP Conne ction 131 Conn ect the LA N1/2 Ports 132 Verif y EMI Complia nce 132 Insta lling t he F errite Bead on th e PXM -UI- S3/B Car d 133 How to Inst all the Fe rrite Be ad 133 In[...]

  • Seite 14

    Cont ent s 14 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Insta lling or Removing Red undanc y Connecto rs 22 When to In stal l or R emove RCON s 22 Instal ling MGX 885 0/B Redunda ncy Connec tors 22 Instal ling MGX 883 0/B Redunda ncy Connec tors 24 Removing Redu ndancy Con[...]

  • Seite 15

    Cont ents 15 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Connect or P in Func tions for Audio a nd Visu al Ala rms 10 Pin St ates fo r Each Al arm Sta te 11 Powe r Cablin g 11 AC Power Cabl ing—MGX 885 0 (PXM1E/PXM4 5), MGX 8850/ B and MGX 8880 12 AC Power Cabli ng—MGX 8[...]

  • Seite 16

    Cont ent s 16 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Bonding and Groundi ng MGX 8800 or MG X 8900 Serie s Chassis i n a Rack 9 Wiring a Mixed Ground Sy stem with Red undant Sup plies 9 Conduct or Char acteri stics fo r Carryi ng Curr ent and Ensu ring Low Vol tage Drops[...]

  • Seite 17

    FIG U R ES 17 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Figu re 1-1 Cisco MGX Swit ch Family 1 Figu re 1-2 MGX 8880 Media Gateway 2 Figu re 1-3 Bay and Li ne Numbers in an MGX 8850 Swit ch 6 Figu re 1-4 RCON Instal led in MG X 8850 /B Chas sis (Ch assis Re ar Vi ew) 16 Fig[...]

  • Seite 18

    Figures 18 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 S eries Ha rdware Installa tion Guide Releases 2 - 5. 2, Part Number OL-4545-01 , Rev. H0, May 2006 Figu re 1-32 MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Slot Assignmen ts—Front Vi ew 49 Figu re 1-33 MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Slot Assignmen ts—Rear View 49 Figu re 1-34 Hardw are Co mpon ent Locatio ns for a M GX 883 0 or MGX 88 30/B S[...]

  • Seite 19

    Figures 19 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Figu re 2-14 FRSM-12- T3E3 Fac eplate 35 Figu re 2-15 Card S et Re dundan cy Conf igurat ion—F RSM-12-T3E 3 Car ds 37 Figu re 2-16 MPSM-8- T1E1 Facep late 38 Figu re 2-17 MPSM-T3 E3-155 Fac eplate 41 Figu re 2-18 MPSM-[...]

  • Seite 20

    Figures 20 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 S eries Ha rdware Installa tion Guide Releases 2 - 5. 2, Part Number OL-4545-01 , Rev. H0, May 2006 Figu re 2-49 MCC-16-E 1-1N Fac eplate 105 Figu re 2-50 MGX -1GE Fa cepl ate 107 Figu re 2-51 MGX -2GE Fa cepl ate 108 Figu re 2-52 MGX-1OC12P OS-IR Facep late 109 Figu re 2-53 MGX-2OC12P OS-IR Facep late 110 Figu re 2-5[...]

  • Seite 21

    Figures 21 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Figu re 2-84 SMFIR-4- 155/C F aceplat e 145 Figu re 2-85 SMFIR-8- 155-LC and SMFIR-8-1 55-LC/B Fa ceplate 146 Figu re 2-86 SMFLR-1- 2488 and SMF LR-1-24 88/B Facepl ate 147 Figu re 2-87 SMFLR-1- 622/C Face plate 148 Figu[...]

  • Seite 22

    Figures 22 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 S eries Ha rdware Installa tion Guide Releases 2 - 5. 2, Part Number OL-4545-01 , Rev. H0, May 2006 Figu re 4-7 Standal one PXM1E wit h Intrac ard APS 15 Figu re 4-8 Standal one AXSM with I ntracar d APS 16 Figu re 4-9 Standal one VXSM with I ntracar d APS 16 Figu re 4-10 Redu ndant PXM 1E Co nfigur atio n wit h Inte [...]

  • Seite 23

    Figures 23 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Figu re 5-30 Modem Connec tion to the Mainte nance Port 47 Figu re 5-31 Ethern et Co nnectio n to t he L AN 1 Por t 48 Figu re 5-32 Stabi lity Pl ate Dim ensio ns 53 Figu re 5-33 Instal ling a Cis co Ca binet ove r the S[...]

  • Seite 24

    Figures 24 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 S eries Ha rdware Installa tion Guide Releases 2 - 5. 2, Part Number OL-4545-01 , Rev. H0, May 2006 Figu re 5-65 MGX 8830 Stab ility Pl ate Dimens ions 102 Figu re 5-66 Instal ling a Cis co Ca bine t ove r the Stabi lity Plate 103 Figu re 5-67 Fram e Bon ding Conn ectio n in C isco-S uppli ed R ack 105 Figu re 5-68 Co[...]

  • Seite 25

    Figures 25 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Figu re 6-11 Two B ack C ards Installe d in t he AP S Con necto r (MGX 8 830 E xamp le) 19 Figu re 6-12 Remo ving th e Filler Ba r (MGX 88 30) 20 Figu re 6-13 MGX 8 850/B R CON In stallati on 23 Figu re 6-14 MGX 8 830/B [...]

  • Seite 26

    Figures 26 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 S eries Ha rdware Installa tion Guide Releases 2 - 5. 2, Part Number OL-4545-01 , Rev. H0, May 2006[...]

  • Seite 27

    TABLES 27 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Ta b l e 1 Convent ions Used in this Guide 34 Ta b l e 2 Hardwa re Intr oduced in Re lease s 4.0.10 o r 5.3, by Cha ssis 36 Ta b l e 3 User Guid es and Relea se Note s for Cisco MGX and BPX Switche s and Medi a Gateways 4[...]

  • Seite 28

    Tables 28 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 S eries Ha rdware Installa tion Guide Releases 2 - 5. 2, Part Number OL-4545-01 , Rev. H0, May 2006 Ta b l e 2 - 1 4 FRSM C ards, Interf aces, and Su pport ed Back Card s 27 Ta b l e 2 - 1 5 FRSM LEDs 33 Ta b l e 2 - 1 6 FRSM-12- T3E3, Interfaces , and Sup ported Ba ck Cards 34 Ta b l e 2 - 1 7 FRSM-12- T3E3 LEDs 36 Ta[...]

  • Seite 29

    Tables 29 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Ta b l e 3 - 2 Vibrat ion Condi tion Reco mmendatio ns 12 Ta b l e 3 - 3 MGX 8850 or MGX 8850/B Rack Space Requir ement s 14 Ta b l e 3 - 4 CO a nd PE Op eratin g Env ironm ent Requ irements 15 Ta b l e 3 - 5 Power S peci[...]

  • Seite 30

    Tables 30 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 S eries Ha rdware Installa tion Guide Releases 2 - 5. 2, Part Number OL-4545-01 , Rev. H0, May 2006 Ta b l e 5 - 2 Term inal S etti ngs 43 Ta b l e 5 - 3 Instal lation Chec klist— MGX 8 950 S ystem 50 Ta b l e 5 - 4 AC Power Cabl e Conne ctions 81 Ta b l e 5 - 5 Interc onne ct Powe r Connec tion s for DC 85 Ta b l e [...]

  • Seite 31

    Tables 31 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Ta b l e B - 2 0 T1 Tr unk/ Circu it Li ne Ca ble an d C onnec tor S pecifi cati ons 17 Ta b l e B - 2 1 RJ-48C T1 and E1 Conn ector Pi n Assignment s 18 Ta b l e B - 2 2 E1 Tr unk/ Circu it Li ne Ca ble an d C onnec tor [...]

  • Seite 32

    Tables 32 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 S eries Ha rdware Installa tion Guide Releases 2 - 5. 2, Part Number OL-4545-01 , Rev. H0, May 2006[...]

  • Seite 33

    33 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 About This Guide This secti on desribes t he audience , purpose, an d organization of the Cisco MGX 8800 /8900 S eries H a rd w a re I n s t a l l a t i o n G u i d e . It also ex plains the con ventio ns used to present informa[...]

  • Seite 34

    34 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Conv ent ions • Chapter 6, “Maintainin g the Cisco MGX Switc h or Gate way , ” provides ma intenan ce proc edures fo r each sw itch or ga te way . • Appendix A, “Fr ont Card Spe cifications, ” provides technic al spe[...]

  • Seite 35

    35 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Scope of this Guide Notes, Warnings , and Cautions This secti on expl ains t he co n ventio ns us ed fo r notes , warni ngs, and cautions . Note A Note highlights helpful in formation, suc h as suggestions or refer ences to mate[...]

  • Seite 36

    36 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Sco pe of th is Gu ide • Cisco MGX 8950 H ar dw ar e Install ation Guide, Re lease 2.1 • Cisco MGX 8850 (P XM45 and PXM1 E) Hardwar e Instal lation Guide, Re lease 3 • Cisco MGX 8950 H ar dw ar e Install ation Guide, Re le[...]

  • Seite 37

    37 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Documentat ion New Back Cards Introduced in Rel eases 4.0.10 through 5.3 The fo llowing bac k card s were introduc ed in MGX Re leases 4.0.10 through 5.1: • BNC- 3-T3E3 3-p ort T3E3 • MCC-16-E 1-1N • MGX-2GE • MGX-2OC12P[...]

  • Seite 38

    38 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Document ation Other com ponents of multiser vice W AN products, such as the Servic e Expansion Shelf (SES) and W AN switchin g software ha ve no n e w features for this release. Related Do cumentation This sec tion describes t [...]

  • Seite 39

    39 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Documentat ion Step 8 Additi onal gui des, such as com mand re ferenc e guides and err or messa ge docum entati on, can help w ith the dai ly opera tion and main tenance of your sw itch. Note User guide titles may be dif ferent [...]

  • Seite 40

    40 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Document ation T able 3 User G uides and Re lease No tes f or Cisco MGX and BPX S witc hes and Media G at ewa ys Docume nt T i tle and P art Nu mber BPX with SES Rel. 4 MGX 8230 Rel. 1.3 MGX 8250 Rel. 1.3 MGX 8850 (PXM1 ) Rel. 1[...]

  • Seite 41

    41 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Documentat ion Release Notes for Cisco MGX Rout e Pr ocessor Mod ule ( RPM-X F) IOS Release 12.4(6)T1 for PXM45- based Switches, Release 5.3. 00 OL-8 893-01 ————x —x x x Release Notes for Cisco MGX Rout e Pr ocessor Mo[...]

  • Seite 42

    42 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Document ation Cisco W AN Manager Instal lation Guid e, Releas e 15.3. 00 OL-10358 -01 xxxxxxxxx Cisc o W AN Mana ger U ser’ s Gui de , Release 15. 3.00 OL-10427 -01 xxxxxxxxx Cisco MGX 88 50 Edge Conce ntrator Installation an[...]

  • Seite 43

    43 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Documentat ion Cisco F rame Rela y Services (FRSM/MPSM-8 -T1E1) Configuration Guide and Command Refer ence for MGX Switc hes, Release 5.2 2 OL-6 480-01 — 222 x xx — — Cisco Cir cuit E mulati on Servic es (CESM/MPSM-8-T1E 1[...]

  • Seite 44

    44 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Document ation Cisco MGX 82 30 Multiservice Gateway C ommand Refe r ence, Release 1.1.3 1 DOC- 7811211= —x ——————— Cisco MGX 82 50 Multiservice Gateway C ommand Refe r ence, Release 1.1.3 1 DOC- 7811212= ——x [...]

  • Seite 45

    45 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Documentat ion Note For the September 2005 pr oduct re lease, the re are no new features for the Servi ce Expansi on Shelf (SES ) of the BPX sw itch and BPX W AN swi tching s oftware. Theref ore, do cument ation f or these items[...]

  • Seite 46

    46 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Document ation T able 5 User Guides a nd Release No tes f or Cisco Multiservice S witc h Pr oducts Document T itle Description Cisco ATM and F rame Relay Servic es (MPSM-T3E 3-155 and MPSM-16- T1E1) Configuration Guide and Comm [...]

  • Seite 47

    47 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Documentat ion Cisco MGX 82 50 Edge Co ncentrator Overview , Re lease 1.1 .3 DOC- 7811576= Describes the system compo nents and func tion of the Cisco MGX 82 50 edge conce ntrator . Cisco MGX 8250 Mu ltiservice Gateway Comm and [...]

  • Seite 48

    48 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Document ation Cisco MGX 88 50 Edge Concen trator Installat ion and Configuration, R elease 1 .1.3 DOC- 7811223= Pro vides insta llation in structions f or the Cisco MG X 8850 (PXM1) edge concentr ator . Cisco MGX 8850 Multiserv[...]

  • Seite 49

    49 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Documentat ion Cisco V o ice Switch Se rvices (VXS M) Configuration and Command Refer ence Guide for MGX Switc hes, Release 5 OL-4 625-01 Describes t he featu res and fu nctions of the new V oi ce Switch Service M odule (VXSM ) [...]

  • Seite 50

    50 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Obtain ing Docume ntation Obtaining Documentation Cisco d ocumenta tion an d additi onal lit erature are av a ilable on Cisco.co m. Cisc o also pr ovides s e veral ways to obtain tec hnical assist ance and ot her technic al reso[...]

  • Seite 51

    51 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Documen tation Fee dback Ordering Docume ntation Registered Cisco .com users may order Ci sco docume ntation at the Product Docu mentatio n Store in the Cisco Market place at th is URL: http://www .cisco.co m/go/marke tplace/ No[...]

  • Seite 52

    52 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Obtain ing Technical Assista nce Reporting Se curity Problems in Cisco Produ cts Cisco is committ ed to deli veri ng secure products. W e test our products interna lly before we rele ase them, and we striv e to correct all vulne[...]

  • Seite 53

    53 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Obtainin g Technica l Assistan ce Access to al l tools on the Cisco T echnical Sup port & Documentati on website requir es a Cisco.com user ID and password. I f you have a v alid se rvice c ontract but d o not h av e a user [...]

  • Seite 54

    54 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Obtainin g Additi onal Publicat ions and Info rmation Se verity 3 (S3)— Operation al perform ance of the ne twork is impaire d, while most b usiness opera tions remain f unctiona l. Y o u and Cisco will co mmit r esources du r[...]

  • Seite 55

    55 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Obtaining Additional Publications and Information • Networking products offered by Cisco System s, as well as custom er support services, ca n be obtaine d at th is URL: http://www .cisco.com/en/US/p roducts/inde x.html • Ne[...]

  • Seite 56

    56 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Obtainin g Additi onal Publicat ions and Info rmation[...]

  • Seite 57

    C HAPTER 1-1 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 1 Product Overviews Figure 1-1 and Figur e 1-2 show the Cisco MGX family switches and the Cisco M GX media gatew ay , respect i vely : • Cisco MG X 8850 or Cisco MGX 8850 /B switch • Cisco MGX 8950 sw itch • Cisc[...]

  • Seite 58

    1-2 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews • Circuit emulation • IP • W irele ss ag gregation • DSL ag gregation • A TM se rvice bac kbones The Cisco MG X 8950 A TM multiservice switch scales service prov ider netwo rks by pro vidin[...]

  • Seite 59

    1-3 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Changes t o this Doc ument Changes to this Document Ta b l e 1 - 1 summar izes the chan ges made to th is document since Releas e 5. How this Chapter Is Organize d Thi s chapte r pro vide s an o v e[...]

  • Seite 60

    1-4 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews How this Chapter Is Orga nized Overview o f Terms Each ac ronym in th is book is defined on its first use and in the Glossary at the end of the gui de. T ypes of car ds are also de fined in the Gloss[...]

  • Seite 61

    1-5 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews How this Chapter Is Organized Note Th e inform ation in this guide does not apply to the Cisco MGX 885 0 (PXM1), which uses the PXM 1 contr oller card and Rele ase 1.X sof twar e. For documen tation[...]

  • Seite 62

    1-6 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews How this Chapter Is Orga nized Figur e 1 -3 Ba y and Line Numbe rs in an MGX 8850 S witch Narrow Band and Cell Bus Se rvice Modules A cell bus service module (CBSM) is an MGX service modu le that use[...]

  • Seite 63

    1-7 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Overview of Card S lot Assignment s, by Chassis 8820, becaus e ther e were s e ver al type s of t hese c ards (for e xample A USM, FRSM, CE SM, and so for th). The seri al bus service modu les (AXSM[...]

  • Seite 64

    1-8 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Overvi ew of Card Slot Assignm ents, by Chas sis AXSM -1-2488 7 1 port OC-48/STM -64 Note No traf fi c shaping support ed. SMFSR-1-2488 SMFLR-1- 2488 SMFXLR-1-2488 Uppe r — 1–6, 9–14 13 —— [...]

  • Seite 65

    1-9 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Overview of Card S lot Assignment s, by Chassis AXSM-16-1 55 7 16-port O C-3 MMF-8- 155-MT MMF-8- 155-M T/B SMFIR-8- 155-LC SMFIR-8- 155-LC/B SMFLR-8- 155-LC SMFLR-8- 155-LC/B Upper and low er — 1[...]

  • Seite 66

    1-10 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Overvi ew of Card Slot Assignm ents, by Chas sis CESM-8T1/ B 8 port Circuit Emulat ion Service Module w ith T1 interfa ces RJ48-8 T1 R-RJ48-8T 1 Upper and low er 3-6, 10-13 4 1-6, 9-14, 17-22, 25-30[...]

  • Seite 67

    1-11 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Overview of Card S lot Assignment s, by Chassis MPSM -8-T1E1 8 A TM service ports with E1 interfa ces RJ48-8 E1 MGX-RJ 48-8E1 3 R-RJ48-8E 1 SMB-8E1 R-SMB-8E1 Upper and low er 3-6, 10-13 1-6, 9-14, [...]

  • Seite 68

    1-12 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Overvi ew of Card Slot Assignm ents, by Chas sis MPSM-T 3E3-155 2 port serv ice module f or A TM and Fram e Relay service s over OC-3 interfa ces. SFP-2-155 Upper and low er 3-6, 10- 13 1-6, 9-14, 1[...]

  • Seite 69

    1-13 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Overview of Card S lot Assignment s, by Chassis PXM1E-CO MBO 7 Proc essor Switch Modul e 4-port OC-3, 8 -port T3/E3 PXM-UI-S3 /B Upper 1 and 2 7 an d 8 — — MGX- T3E3 -155 Tra ns c e iv e r s : [...]

  • Seite 70

    1-14 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Overvi ew of Card Slot Assignm ents, by Chas sis SRM-3T 3/C 3 port Servic e Redunda ncy Module w ith T3 interfa ces BNC-3T3-M U pper and low er 7 and 14 4 15,16, 31 , 32 —— SRME 1 port Servic e [...]

  • Seite 71

    1-15 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Cisco MGX 8850 and MGX 8850/B Switches MPSM Slot A ssignme nts and MPSM Licensing Consult your Ci sco Custom er Engi neering repre sentative for in format ion ab out chara cterizi ng the quantity a[...]

  • Seite 72

    1-16 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Cisc o MGX 8850 and MGX 8850/ B Switch es Figu r e 1 -4 RCON In stall ed in MGX 8 850/B C hassi s (Cha ssis R ear View) Note Th e inform ation in this guide does not apply to the Cisco MGX 885 0 (PX[...]

  • Seite 73

    1-17 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Cisco MGX 8850 and MGX 8850/B Switches Features Ta b l e 1 - 4 lists su pported feature s for t he Ci sco MG X 8850 and MGX 8850/B switches. The MGX 8850 or MGX 8850 /B switch : • Can use eit her[...]

  • Seite 74

    1-18 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Cisc o MGX 8850 and MGX 8850/ B Switch es • Frame Rela y service mod ule (FRSM) —single -height fro nt card • Servic e resource mod ule (SRM)— single-he ight front ca rd • Route pro cessin[...]

  • Seite 75

    1-19 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Cisco MGX 8850 and MGX 8850/B Switches MGX 8 850 and MGX 88 50/B Card Co mpar tment The MG X 8850 and MGX 885 0/B swi tches each ha ve 32 si ngle- height slots in a compar tment c ard ca ge that ho[...]

  • Seite 76

    1-20 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Cisc o MGX 8850 and MGX 8850/ B Switch es MGX 8850 (PXM1E) and MGX 8850/B (PXM1E) Slot Assignments Ta b l e 1 - 3 giv es module slot assignment s for the M GX 8850 (PXM1E ) or MGX 8850/B (PXM 1E) sw[...]

  • Seite 77

    1-21 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Cisco MGX 8850 and MGX 8850/B Switches Figure 1-6 sh ows each mo dule slo t assignm ent (r ear view) of the MGX 8850 (PXM1E ) or MGX 885 0/B (PXM1 E) switch. Figu re 1 -6 MGX 88 50 ( PXM1E ) or MGX[...]

  • Seite 78

    1-22 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Cisc o MGX 8850 and MGX 8850/ B Switch es MGX 8850 (PXM45) and MGX 8850/B (PXM45) Slot Assignments Ta b l e 1 - 3 lists the modul e slot assign ments f or the M GX 8850 (PXM45) or MGX 8850/B (PXM45)[...]

  • Seite 79

    1-23 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Cisco MGX 8850 and MGX 8850/B Switches Figure 1-8 sh ows module slo t assignm ents (re ar view) for t he Cisco MGX 885 0 (PXM4 5) or M GX 8850/B (PXM4 5) switch. Figur e 1 -8 Cisco MG X 8850 (PXM45[...]

  • Seite 80

    1-24 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Cisc o MGX 8850 and MGX 8850/ B Switch es Figure 1-9 sh ows the hardwa re compon ents t hat can be used with a Cisco M GX 8850 switch (viewed from the front of the switch). Thi s illustration a lso [...]

  • Seite 81

    1-25 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Cisco MGX 8850 and MGX 8850/B Switches AC Power Supply Tray The Ci sco MGX 8850 sw itch c an accept power from a 220 V AC (180 to 25 4 V AC) source that connec ts to an opt ional AC po w er suppl y[...]

  • Seite 82

    1-26 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Cisc o MGX 8850 and MGX 8850/ B Switch es Figure 1-11 shows a clos e-up of the AC power supply facep late. Figur e 1 -1 1 AC P ow er Supply F aceplate The A C power supply re quirements fo r the swi[...]

  • Seite 83

    1-27 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Cisco MGX 8850 and MGX 8850/B Switches Note For A C power cord re quirem ents, see the “R equired T ool s and E quipme nt” sect ion on page 3-2 5 . Air Intake Plenum The air intak e plenum is i[...]

  • Seite 84

    1-28 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Cisc o MGX 8850 and MGX 8850/ B Switch es APS Ass embly For both equipm ent and fiber protec tion, 1+1 car d and APS line red undancy require an APS connect or that lin ks the two o ptical back c ar[...]

  • Seite 85

    1-29 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Cisco MGX 8850 and MGX 8850/B Switches Figure 1-14 sho ws an e xample of tw o back card s installed in the 8850 APS conn ector . W hen the t wo back cards a re inser ted into an APS co nnector , th[...]

  • Seite 86

    1-30 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Cisc o MGX 8850 and MGX 8850/ B Switch es Cautio n Although t he PXM1E-4 -155 doe s not n eed an A PS connector to supp ort APS li ne redunda ncy , it is recomm ended tha t you instal l the PXM1E -4[...]

  • Seite 87

    1-31 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Cisco MGX 8850 and MGX 8850/B Switches Figur e 1 -15 DC PEM F aceplate For a DC-po wered system, the DC PEMs are inst alled at the back of the air in take plen um. If you in stall only one D C PEM,[...]

  • Seite 88

    1-32 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Cisc o MGX 8850 and MGX 8850/ B Switch es Exhaust Plenum The exhaus t plenum is installed abo ve the upper fan tra y (see Figure 1-9 for location). The fa n trays pull air fro m the air i ntake ple [...]

  • Seite 89

    1-33 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Cisco MGX 8850 and MGX 8850/B Switches MGX 8850/B Redundancy Connectors The MG X 8850 /B chassi s has option al 1:3 ( RCON-1to 3-8850) a nd 1:5 (RCON-1TO5-885 0) RCON s for 1:N red undancy whe n us[...]

  • Seite 90

    1-34 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Cisc o MGX 8950 Swit ch Figur e 1 -1 9 RCON- 1T O3-8850 RCON Connec to r T o install or remov e RCONs, see Installing or Removin g Redundancy Connect ors, page 6-22 . Cisco MGX 8950 Switch The MGX 8[...]

  • Seite 91

    1-35 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Cisco MGX 8950 Swi tch • Is s hip ped i n on e of tw o con fi gurat ions : – Cisco cabin et conf iguration—All comp onents are sh ipped prein stalled in a Cisco cab inet. – Open ra ck con f[...]

  • Seite 92

    1-36 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Cisc o MGX 8950 Swit ch MGX 8950 Card Compartm ent The M GX 895 0 switch h as 32 si ngle-heigh t slots in a com partment card c age that holds ca rds and module s. Some single-he ight slots ca n be [...]

  • Seite 93

    1-37 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Cisco MGX 8950 Swi tch AC Power Supply Tray The MG X 8950 can a ccept p ower from a 220 V AC (180–254 V A C) sourc e tha t connec ts to an opt ional A C power suppl y tray , shown in Figure 1-21 [...]

  • Seite 94

    1-38 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Cisc o MGX 8950 Swit ch Figure 1-22 shows a clos e-up of the AC power supply facep late. Figur e 1 -22 AC P ow er Supply F aceplat e The AC po wer supp ly requir ements for the switc h depend on the[...]

  • Seite 95

    1-39 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Cisco MGX 8950 Swi tch Extender Card The extend er card was introduced i n Release 5. It supports A XSM-XG c ards only . Th e AXSM-X G card has a cu tout on t he rear edge to a ccommo date moun tin[...]

  • Seite 96

    1-40 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Cisc o MGX 8950 Swit ch Air Intake and Exhaust Plenums The air intak e plenum is installed belo w the lower fan tray (see Figure 1-2 0 for loca tion). The fan trays pull air up through the mod ules [...]

  • Seite 97

    1-41 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Cisco MGX 8950 Swi tch APS Ass embly For both eq uipmen t and f iber protect ion, 1+1 card a nd APS li ne redund ancy re quire an APS conn ector (Cisco part numbe r MGX-APS- CON-895 0) that links t[...]

  • Seite 98

    1-42 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Cisc o MGX 8950 Swit ch Figure 1-26 sho ws an example of tw o back cards installed in an APS connecto r . When the two back cards are link ed to an APS c onnector , the y form a n APS assem bly . Th[...]

  • Seite 99

    1-43 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Cisco MGX 8950 Swi tch Cable Management Assembly The ca ble m anageme nt system consist s of t wo identic al, h orizonta l cabl e manage ment asse mblies (an upper a nd a lower assemb ly), le ft-si[...]

  • Seite 100

    1-44 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Cisc o MGX 8950 Swit ch DC Power Entry Modu le The MGX 8950 can acce pt power from a –48 VD C (–42 + –56 VDC ) DC source t hat connec ts to one (prima ry) or two (sec ondary/r edundant ) –48[...]

  • Seite 101

    1-45 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Cisco MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B S witch Lower and Upper Fan Trays Each fan tray h ouses nine fans that provide syst em cool ing. The M GX 8950 swit ch requir es that two fan trays (upper and lo wer) b[...]

  • Seite 102

    1-46 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Cisco MGX 8830 or MGX 8830 /B Switch – Open ra ck con fig ura tion—I ndi vidual co mpon ents are ship ped re ady for insta llat ion in a custome r-supplied o pen rack or a t hird-p arty vendor c[...]

  • Seite 103

    1-47 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Cisco MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B S witch This section includ es the follo wing information: • Applic ations, page 1-47 • Interface Suppo rt, page 1-47 • Standa rds-Based Co n version to A TM, pag[...]

  • Seite 104

    1-48 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Cisco MGX 8830 or MGX 8830 /B Switch Standard s-Based Co nversion to ATM The MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/ B switch con verts all user informat ion into 53-b yte A TM cells by using the appropr iate A TM ad[...]

  • Seite 105

    1-49 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Cisco MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B S witch • An optional A C power tray is located at the bottom of the chassis. Slots 1 thr ough 7 are on the le ft and slo ts 8 thr ough 14 ar e in the r ight, when yo[...]

  • Seite 106

    1-50 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Cisco MGX 8830 or MGX 8830 /B Switch MGX 8830 Cards Supported Ta b l e 1 - 3 lists the cards supporte d in a MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B switch. Abbre viated card names, such as A USM or MMC, a re listed[...]

  • Seite 107

    1-51 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Cisco MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B S witch • DC Power En try Mo dule (P EM), page 1-54 • Fan T ray , page 1- 55 • MGX 8830/ B Redundancy Conn ector, page 1-5 7 AC Power Supply Tra y An opt ional AC[...]

  • Seite 108

    1-52 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Cisco MGX 8830 or MGX 8830 /B Switch APS Ass embly For both equipm ent and fiber protec tion, 1+1 car d and APS line red undancy require an APS connect or (Cisco P art Num ber MGX- 8830-A PS-CON) th[...]

  • Seite 109

    1-53 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Cisco MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B S witch Figure 1-37 shows a n examp le of two ba ck cards installe d in an APS con nector . T wo back car ds insta lled in an APS connector forms an A PS assembly . The[...]

  • Seite 110

    1-54 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Cisco MGX 8830 or MGX 8830 /B Switch Cautio n Although t he PXM1E-4 -155 doe s not n eed an A PS connector to supp ort APS li ne redunda ncy , it is recomm ended tha t you instal l the PXM1E -4-155 [...]

  • Seite 111

    1-55 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Cisco MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B S witch For a DC-po were d system, the DC PEMs are ins talled at the back of the switc h. (See Fi gure 1-40 .) On an MG X 8830 switch, it does no t matter on which side[...]

  • Seite 112

    1-56 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Cisco MGX 8830 or MGX 8830 /B Switch Figure 1-41 shows the fan tray . Figur e 1 -41 MGX 8830 or MG X 8830/B Switc h Fan T r ay Cautio n If a fa n tray f ails, replac e it immediately . 17274[...]

  • Seite 113

    1-57 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Cisco MGX 8880 Me dia Gateway MGX 8830/B Redundancy Connector The MG X 8830/B c hassis has o ptional 1:3 ( RCON-1to 3-8850) RC ONs for 1:N redun dancy when using MPSM-16- T1E1 car ds. A single ch a[...]

  • Seite 114

    1-58 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Cisc o MGX 8880 Media Gatewa y The C isco VXSM a rchitec ture comb ines a h igh-pe rforman ce voice servi ces en gine with onboard d igital signal p rocessors to provide advanced voice processi ng a[...]

  • Seite 115

    1-59 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Cisco MGX 8880 Me dia Gateway Features and Benefits Ta b l e 1 - 9 lists the featur es and bene f its of the Cisc o VXSM. Ta b l e 1 - 1 0 lists specific ations for VXSM featur es. T able 1 -9 VXSM[...]

  • Seite 116

    1-60 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Cisc o MGX 8880 Media Gatewa y MGX 8880 Card Compartm ent The Cisco MG X 8880 gateway has 32 single-heigh t slots in a compartme nt card cag e that holds cards and modu les. Som e single-he ight slo[...]

  • Seite 117

    1-61 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Cisco MGX 8880 Me dia Gateway MGX 8880 Slot Assignments Ta b l e 1 - 3 describes mod ule slot assignme nt for the Cisco MGX 8880 Media Gateway . Figure 1-43 shows module slot assignments (fr ont vi[...]

  • Seite 118

    1-62 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Cisc o MGX 8880 Media Gatewa y Figure 1-44 shows slot assignm ents (r ear view) for the Cisco MGX 888 0 Medi a Gateway . Figur e 1 -44 Cisco MG X 8880 Med ia Gat eway Sl ot Assign ments—Rea r Vie [...]

  • Seite 119

    1-63 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Cisco MGX 8880 Me dia Gateway Figur e 1 -45 Example o f an MGX 888 0 Media Gat ewa y , Fully Configur ed with VXSM OC-3/ S TM-1 MGX 8880 Cards Supported The Cisco MG X 8880 Media Gat e way supports[...]

  • Seite 120

    1-64 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Cisc o MGX 8880 Media Gatewa y • RPM- XF—Dou ble- height front card an d 2 GE, 2 POS ba ck car ds, and UI + back cards (e xisting modul e, with ne w back car ds as of Re lease 4.0. 15) • RPM-P[...]

  • Seite 121

    1-65 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Cisco MGX 8880 Me dia Gateway RPM- XF-51 2 Manage ment bac k card: • MGX-XF- UI Physic al network co nnecti vity back cards: • MGX-1OC12 POS-IR • MGX-2OC12 POS-IR T ranscei vers for the 2OC12[...]

  • Seite 122

    1-66 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Cisc o MGX 8880 Media Gatewa y MGX 8880 Hardware Componen ts The MGX 8880 Media G atewa y suppo rts the following hard ware compo nents: • A C power sup ply tray (opt ional)—With power supply mo[...]

  • Seite 123

    1-67 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Cisco MGX 8880 Me dia Gateway Figur e 1 -46 Har dwar e Component Loc ations f or a Cisco MGX 8880 M edia Gat eway—F ront V iew This se ction pr ovides de tails abou t the f ollowing Cisco MGX 888[...]

  • Seite 124

    1-68 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Cisc o MGX 8880 Media Gatewa y AC Power Supply Tray The Cisc o MGX 8880 gateway can accept power fro m a 220-V A C (18 0- to 254-V AC) source that connec ts to an option al A C power supply tray , s[...]

  • Seite 125

    1-69 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Cisco MGX 8880 Me dia Gateway Figure 1-48 shows a clos e-up of the AC power supply facep late. Figur e 1 -48 AC P ow er Supply F aceplat e The A C power suppl y require ments for th e gateway depen[...]

  • Seite 126

    1-70 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Cisc o MGX 8880 Media Gatewa y Note For A C power cord re quirem ents, see the “R equired T ool s and E quipme nt” sect ion on page 3-6 7 . Air Intake Plenum The air intak e plenum is installed [...]

  • Seite 127

    1-71 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Cisco MGX 8880 Me dia Gateway APS Ass embly For both equ ipment a nd fiber pro tection, the 1+1 card and APS line r edundancy con figuration r equires that an APS connecto r link tw o optical back [...]

  • Seite 128

    1-72 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Cisc o MGX 8880 Media Gatewa y For informat ion on APS software configurat ion, refe r to the software con figuration guide that matche s your MG X switch na me and r elease. The “Obtai ning D ocu[...]

  • Seite 129

    1-73 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overviews Cisco MGX 8880 Me dia Gateway For more information abo ut DC power requirements, see th e “Po wer Requiremen ts” secti on on page 3-62 . Exhaust Plenum/Fan Tray The 2RU exhaust plenum /fan tray[...]

  • Seite 130

    1-74 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overviews Cisc o MGX 8880 Media Gatewa y As shipped , an MGX 88 80 chassis c ould have up to six VX SM-4-155 or VXSM-48T 1E1 cards i n slots 1 through 6. These slots are covered by the instal led RCONs, whi c[...]

  • Seite 131

    C HAPTER 2-1 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 2 Illustrated Card List fo r MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway How to Use the Illustrated Card List This c hapter includ es tabl es that define whic h front card s are s upported in ea ch MGX switch or gatewa[...]

  • Seite 132

    2-2 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway MGX 88 50 (PXM 45) or MGX 88 50/B ( PXM45) Card Ov ervie w • MGX 895 0 release note s: http://www .cisco.com/uni vercd/cc/t d/doc/product/w anb u[...]

  • Seite 133

    2-3 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway MGX 8850 (PXM45) or MGX 8850/B (PXM45) Card Ove rview FRSM-2CT3 MGX-FRSM-2CT3 Release 4.0. 00 FRSM, page 2-27 FRSM-2T3E3 MGX-FRSM-2T3E3 Releas[...]

  • Seite 134

    2-4 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway MGX 88 50 (PXM 1E) or MGX 8850 /B (PX M1E) Ca rd Over view MGX 8850 (PXM1E) or MGX 8850/B (PXM1E) Card Overview MGX 8850 (PX M1E) or MGX 8850/B (PX[...]

  • Seite 135

    2-5 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway MGX 8950 Card Overview MGX 8950 Card Overview MGX 895 0 front cards an d compat ible back cards are lis ted in Ta b l e 1 - 3 . Ta b l e 2 - 3[...]

  • Seite 136

    2-6 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway MGX 8830/B (PXM45/C) Card Overview MGX 8830/B (PXM45/C) Card Overview MGX 883 0/B front cards an d compat ible back cards are li sted in Ta b l e 1[...]

  • Seite 137

    2-7 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B (PXM1E) Card Overview MGX 8830 or MGX 88 30/B (PXM1E) Card Overview MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/ B front cards an d compat ibl[...]

  • Seite 138

    2-8 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway MGX 88 80 Car d Over vie w Note A lthough t he illust ration s in t his cha pter ar e displ ayed vertic ally , cards are inst alled h orizon tally [...]

  • Seite 139

    2-9 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway PXM45 and AXSM Suppo rt for C urrent an d Previo us Releases PXM45 and AXSM Support for Curren t and Previous Releases Ta b l e 2 - 7 lists AX[...]

  • Seite 140

    2-10 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Front Cards AUSM Supported models: MGX 8830, MGX 8830/B , MGX 8850 (PXM1E), MGX 8850 (PXM1E) A USM card s are s ervice modules that p[...]

  • Seite 141

    2-11 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards Faceplate Features Figure 2-1 shows an A USM faceplate. Figur e 2-1 A USM F aceplate Note The only visi ble dif ference betw een [...]

  • Seite 142

    2-12 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Ta b l e 2 - 9 describe s the LE Ds on th e A US M card s. Module Configu rations The A USM sup ports the following module c onfigura[...]

  • Seite 143

    2-13 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards AXSM Supported model s: MGX 8850 (PXM45), MGX 8850/B (PXM45 ), MGX 8950, MGX 8880 The A TM switching servic e modules (AXSMs) pro[...]

  • Seite 144

    2-14 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Some AXSM po rt spee ds are a v ailable in up to three di f feren t models (f or ex ample, an AXSM-16-1 55, an AX SM-16 -155/B, and a[...]

  • Seite 145

    2-15 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards • When you replace a n AXSM model that is in an APS conf iguration, be sure to replace it o nly with the same mode l. If APS is[...]

  • Seite 146

    2-16 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Faceplate Features Figure 2-2 shows an e xample of an AXSM facep late. Figur e 2-2 AXSM F aceplate Example 1 AC T — A c t iv e L E [...]

  • Seite 147

    2-17 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards Note Y ou can id entify the AXSM by the produ ct name si lk-screen ed on the facepl ate. See Ta b l e 1 - 3 for a list of the AXS[...]

  • Seite 148

    2-18 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Figu re 2-3 AXSM-X G F acep late Exa mple (A XSM- 4-24 88-XG) 1 AC T — A c t iv e L E D 3 FA I L L E D 2 ST ANDBY LED 4 POR T x LED[...]

  • Seite 149

    2-19 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards Figur e 2-4 AXSM-XG F aceplate Example (AX SM-1 -9953-XG) 1 AC T — A c t iv e L E D 3 FA I L L E D 2 ST ANDBY LED 4 POR T x LED[...]

  • Seite 150

    2-20 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Figur e 2-5 AXSM-XG F aceplate Exam ple (AXSM-16-15 5-XG) 1 AC T — A c t iv e L E D 4 POR T x LEDs 2 ST ANDBY LED 5 RS-232 Port 3 F[...]

  • Seite 151

    2-21 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards Ta b l e 2 - 1 1 descri bes the LE Ds on the AXSM and AXSM-XG car ds. Module Configu rations The AXSM supports the fo llowing mod[...]

  • Seite 152

    2-22 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Figure 2-6 sh ows how redundant AXSM cards connec t to stan dalone lines. Figur e 2-6 Card Set Redu ndanc y Configur ation—AXSM Car[...]

  • Seite 153

    2-23 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards Figure 2-8 sh o ws how a sin gle AXSM connects to redundant APS lines. Figur e 2-8 1:1 APS Line Red undanc y Configu ratio n—AX[...]

  • Seite 154

    2-24 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s When the CESM is combined with a back card, a card set is created. Ta b l e 2 - 1 2 p ro vides informatio n about each CESM, inte rfa[...]

  • Seite 155

    2-25 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards Faceplate Features Figure 2-9 shows a CESM f aceplat e. Figur e 2-9 CESM F aceplat e Note Th e only visible difference betw een t[...]

  • Seite 156

    2-26 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Ta b l e 2 - 1 3 describes the LEDs on the CESM cards. Module Configu rations The CESM su pports the follo wing module config uration[...]

  • Seite 157

    2-27 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards FRSM Supported model s: MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45 ), MGX 8850/ B (PXM1E/P XM45), MGX 883 0, MGX 8830/B The Fra me Relay s ervice m od[...]

  • Seite 158

    2-28 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Note For info rmation on F RSM and FRSM-HS2/ B softwar e featu res and configurat ions, re fer to the Cisco F rame Relay Services (F [...]

  • Seite 159

    2-29 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards Faceplate Features Figure 2-10 shows a FRSM-2 CT3 f acepl ate. Figur e 2-1 0 FRSM-2CT3 F aceplat e 1 AC T — A c t iv e L E D 3 [...]

  • Seite 160

    2-30 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Figure 2-11 s hows a FRSM-2T 3E3 face plate. Figur e 2-1 1 F RSM-2T3E3 F a ceplat e 1 AC T — A c t iv e L E D 3 FA I L L E D 2 STBY[...]

  • Seite 161

    2-31 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards Figure 2-12 shows a f aceplate typica l of the FRSM-8E1, FRSM- 8T1, FRSM-8E1-C , or FRSM-8T1- C front ca rds. Figur e 2-12 FRSM-8[...]

  • Seite 162

    2-32 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Figure 2-13 shows a FRSM-HS2/B f aceplate. Figur e 2-13 FRSM-HS2/B F aceplat e 1 AC T — A c t iv e L E D 3 FA I L L E D 2 STBY—St[...]

  • Seite 163

    2-33 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards Ta b l e 2 - 1 5 descri bes the LEDs on the FRSM car ds. Module Configu rations The FRSM-2C T3 and FRSM-2T 3E3 support th e follo[...]

  • Seite 164

    2-34 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s FRSM -12-T3E3 Supported models: MGX 8850 (PXM45) , MGX 8850/B (PXM45) The FRSM-12 -T3E3 is a hi gh-densit y , double -height ser vice[...]

  • Seite 165

    2-35 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards Faceplate Features Figure 2-14 shows a FRSM-12-T3E3 faceplate. Figur e 2-14 FRSM-12-T 3E3 F aceplat e 1 AC T — A c t iv e L E D[...]

  • Seite 166

    2-36 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Ta b l e 2 - 1 7 des cribes the LE Ds on th e FRS M-12-T3 E3s. Note For i nformati on on FRSM -12-T3E 3 softwa re feature s an d conf[...]

  • Seite 167

    2-37 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards Figure 2-15 shows how redundan t FRSM-12-T 3E3 ca rds conn ect to standalo ne line s. Figur e 2-1 5 Car d Set Redunda ncy Co nfig[...]

  • Seite 168

    2-38 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s MPSM -8-T1E1 Supported model s: MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45 ), MGX 8850/ B (PXM1E/P XM45), MGX 883 0, MGX 8830/B The MP SM-8-T1E1 (Mu ltipr[...]

  • Seite 169

    2-39 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards MPSM -T3E3-15 5 Supported model s: MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45 ), MGX 8850/ B (PXM1E/P XM45), MGX 883 0, MGX 8830/B The MPSM-T3E3-155 ([...]

  • Seite 170

    2-40 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s The MPSM- T3E3-155 card support s the feat ures as summa rized in Ta b l e 2 - 1 9 . T able 2-19 MP SM-T3E3-155 Suppo rt ed F eatur e[...]

  • Seite 171

    2-41 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards For more details on configuring, provisioning, l icensing, an d other deta ils when using t he MPSM-T 3E3-1 55 card , refe r to C[...]

  • Seite 172

    2-42 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s MPSM -16-T1E1 Supported model s: MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45 ), MGX 8850/ B (PXM1E/P XM45), MGX 883 0, MGX 8830/B The MPSM-1 6-T1 E1 is a s[...]

  • Seite 173

    2-43 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards The MPSM- 16-T1E 1 car d suppo rts t he fe atur es as summ arize d in Ta b l e 2 - 2 1 . T able 2-21 MPSM-16-T1E1 Su ppor ted Fea[...]

  • Seite 174

    2-44 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s For more det ails on configuring, provisioning , licensing and othe r details fo r using the M PSM-T3E3 -155 card, re fer to C isco A[...]

  • Seite 175

    2-45 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards Figur e 2-18 MPSM-16-T1E1 F aceplat e PXM1E Supported models: MGX 8830, MGX 8830/B , MGX 8850 (PXM1E), MGX 8850/B (PXM1E) The PXM[...]

  • Seite 176

    2-46 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s The PXM1E is pa rt of a c ard set th at cons ists of a PXM1 E, a user inte rface back card, and an NNI / UNI port back card. The swit[...]

  • Seite 177

    2-47 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards The PX M1E-8-1 55 NNI/ UNI back c ards mu st be in stalled in an APS assembly t o suppor t APS line redunda ncy . Se e the “ AP[...]

  • Seite 178

    2-48 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Note For info rmation on PX M1E software features a nd configurat ions, re fer to the C isco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Conf igur ation Gu[...]

  • Seite 179

    2-49 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards Figure 2-19 shows how redundant PXM1 Es conne ct to standalo ne lines. Figur e 2-1 9 Car d Set Redunda ncy Co nfiguratio n—PXM1[...]

  • Seite 180

    2-50 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Note In Figure 2-20 , t he cloc k port s on the UI-S3 ba ck ca rds must be Y -c abled. Figure 2-21 shows how a single PXM1E conne cts[...]

  • Seite 181

    2-51 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards ST A TUS Red The module is in Reset mode. Blinking red The module i s booting up from boot flash. T he PXM1E p rompt wi ll ap pea[...]

  • Seite 182

    2-52 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s PXM1E-4-155 Figure 2-22 shows a PXM1E-4 -155 facepla te. Ta b l e 2 - 2 3 contain s LED descri ptions. Figur e 2-22 PXM1E-4-155 F ace[...]

  • Seite 183

    2-53 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards PXM1E-8-155 Figure 2-23 shows a PXM1E-8 -155 facepla te. Ta b l e 2 - 2 3 contain s LED descri ptions. Figur e 2-23 PXM1E-8-155 F[...]

  • Seite 184

    2-54 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s PXM1E-8-T3E3 Figure 2-24 sho ws a PX M1E- 8-T3E3 fac eplat e. Ta b l e 2 - 2 3 contai ns LED de scriptio ns. Figur e 2-24 PXM1E-8-T3E[...]

  • Seite 185

    2-55 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards PXM1E-16-T1E1 Figure 2-25 show s a PX M1E-16- T1E1 f aceplate. Ta b l e 2 - 2 3 contains L ED desc riptions. Figur e 2-2 5 PXM1E-[...]

  • Seite 186

    2-56 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s PXM1E-COMB O Figure 2-26 shows a PXM1 E-COMBO f aceplate. Ta b l e 2 - 2 3 conta ins LED de scriptions. The PXM1E-C OMBO car d is als[...]

  • Seite 187

    2-57 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards PXM45 Supported model s: MGX 8850 (PXM45), MGX 8850/B (PXM45 ), MGX 8950, MGX 8880 The PXM4 5, PXM45/ B, and PXM45/C al low servi[...]

  • Seite 188

    2-58 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s PXM45 Support on MGX 8950 The MGX 895 0 switch was intro duced wit h PXM45/B, a nd can use the PX M45/B or PXM4 5/C card . In an MG X[...]

  • Seite 189

    2-59 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards Faceplate Features Figure 2-27 shows a PX M45 or PXM4 5/B facepl ate. The faceplates l ook the same, except for the pr oduct name[...]

  • Seite 190

    2-60 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Figure 2-28 shows a PXM45/C faceplate. Figur e 2-28 PXM45/C F aceplat e 1 Contr oller po rt LED (CNTLR Port) 5 Histor y b utton (HIST[...]

  • Seite 191

    2-61 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards Ta b l e 2 - 2 5 descri bes LEDs on t he PXM4 5 cards . Module Configu rations PXM45 ca rd redund ancy is preconfigure d on the C[...]

  • Seite 192

    2-62 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s The fo llo wing module con f igura tions ar e supported fo r the PXM4 5: • Standalo ne. • Card set redu ndancy (Y -ca ble). Note [...]

  • Seite 193

    2-63 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards Note For info rmation on RPM -PR software feat ures and configur ations , refer to the Cisco MGX Route Pr ocessor Mo dule (RP M-P[...]

  • Seite 194

    2-64 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Faceplate Features Figure 2-29 shows an RPM-PR faceplate. Figur e 2-29 RPM-PR F aceplat e 1 CPU OK LE D 4 LM1 OK an d LM2 OK LED s 2 [...]

  • Seite 195

    2-65 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards Ta b l e 2 - 2 7 des cribe s the LEDs on th e RP M-PR . Module Configu rations The RPM-PR su pports the follo wing module conf ig[...]

  • Seite 196

    2-66 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s • Pro vides Cisc o IOS -base d multi protocol routi ng ov er A TM and A TM interf ace La yer 3 termin ati on, local serv er interco[...]

  • Seite 197

    2-67 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards Faceplate Features Figure 2-30 s hows an RPM-X F facepl ate. Ta b l e 2 - 2 8 cont ains LED descr iptions. Figur e 2-3 0 RPM-XF F[...]

  • Seite 198

    2-68 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Ta b l e 2 - 2 8 des cribe s the LEDs on th e RP M-XF. Module Configu rations The RPM -XF su pports th e following m odule co nfigura[...]

  • Seite 199

    2-69 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards • Bulk Distri b ution— MGX 8830, M GX 8850 (PXM4 5), and MGX 88 50 (PXM1E) For module configu ration infor mation, re fer to [...]

  • Seite 200

    2-70 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Figur e 2-31 SRM-3T3/C F aceplat e 1 Acti ve L ED (A CT) 4 1:N RED LED 2 Standb y LED (STBY) 5 BERT LED 3 FA I L L E D 6 POR T 1 thro[...]

  • Seite 201

    2-71 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards Ta b l e 2 - 3 0 describes the LEDs on the SRM-3T3/C a nd SRME/B. SRME Supported model s: MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45 ), MGX 8850/ B (P[...]

  • Seite 202

    2-72 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Figure 2-32 shows an SRME faceplate. Figur e 2-32 SRME Fa ceplat e Ta b l e 2 - 3 1 des cribe s the LEDS on t he SR ME c ard. 1 Acti [...]

  • Seite 203

    2-73 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards SRME/B Supported model s: MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45 ), MGX 8850/ B (PXM1E/PXM45), MGX 8830, MGX 8830/B, MGX 8880 SRME/ B stan ds for [...]

  • Seite 204

    2-74 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s On an MGX 8850 (PXM 1E or PXM45), the PXM ca rd in slot 7 contro ls the SRM cards in slo ts 15 and 31. The PXM ca rd in slo t 8 co nt[...]

  • Seite 205

    2-75 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards Bit Error Rate Testing After a serv ice module line or p ort is put into loopb ack mode, the SRM can gen erate a test pattern ove[...]

  • Seite 206

    2-76 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Figure 2-35 shows an SRME/B faceplate. Figur e 2-35 SRME/B F aceplat e 1 A CTIVE LED 6 OC3/ STM1 LE D 2 ST ANDBY LED 7 POR T 1 LED 3 [...]

  • Seite 207

    2-77 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards VISM-PR Supported model s: MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45 ), MGX 8850/ B (PXM1E/P XM45), MGX 888 0 The V ISM-PR, in combin ation w ith a C[...]

  • Seite 208

    2-78 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Note For inf ormatio n on VISM- PR software f eatures and c onfigurati ons, refer t o the Cisco V oice Interworking Service s (VIS M)[...]

  • Seite 209

    2-79 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards Ta b l e 2 - 3 3 des cribe s the LEDs on th e VI SM-P Rs. Module Configu rations The VISM -PR supports the following module co nf[...]

  • Seite 210

    2-80 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s VXSM Supported model s: MGX 8850 (PXM45), MGX 8850/B (PXM45 ), MGX 8880 The VX SM is Cisc o’ s next gene ration voice sw itch serv [...]

  • Seite 211

    2-81 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards Note The RCON card ( Redundanc y Connector ) is a small assembly that, when in stalled, atta ches to the top a nd/or bottom of th[...]

  • Seite 212

    2-82 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s 22 TXRING22 T XTIP22 47 23 TXRING23 T XTIP23 48 24 TXRING24 T XTIP24 49 25 50 T able 2-35 Receiv e Pin to Signal Assig nments Pin Sig[...]

  • Seite 213

    2-83 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards Card Slots In an M GX 8880 chassis or an M GX 885 0 chassis VX SM cards can be installed in slots 1 throu gh 6 and 9 throu gh 14.[...]

  • Seite 214

    2-84 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Faceplate Features Figure 2-38 shows the VXSM-155 faceplate Figur e 2 -38 VXSM-155 F aceplat e . 1 Instructio ns for DU AL LA TCH SYS[...]

  • Seite 215

    2-85 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards Figure 2-37 shows the VX SM-T1 E1 face plate . Figur e 2-39 VXSM-T1E1 F aceplat e 1 Instructio ns for DU AL LA TCH SYSTEM: 1. Hol[...]

  • Seite 216

    2-86 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Figure 2-40 shows the VX SM-T3 f aceplate Figur e 2-4 0 VXSM-T3 F aceplat e . 1 Instructio ns for DU AL LA TCH SYSTEM: 1. Hold up met[...]

  • Seite 217

    2-87 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards Ta b l e 2 - 3 6 describ es the LEDs on t he VXSM fr ont cards. Module Configu rations The VXSM supports the fo llowing module co[...]

  • Seite 218

    2-88 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s VXSM OC-3/STM- 1 Interface VXSM OC-3/S TM-1 back car ds (part VXSM-B C-4-155) use the Cisco industry- standard Smal l Form-F actor Pl[...]

  • Seite 219

    2-89 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards Note For in format ion on V XSM sof tware features and co nfiguratio ns, refer to the Cisco V oice Switch Service s (VXSM) Config[...]

  • Seite 220

    2-90 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s The XM60 pro vides the foll ow ing features: • Support for 60, 120, 180, or 24 0 Gbps of cr oss-point switc hing capac ity • Dyna[...]

  • Seite 221

    2-91 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Front Cards Faceplate Features Figure 2-41 s hows the XM6 0 facepl ate. Figur e 2-41 XM60 F aceplat e 43986 ACT FAIL XM-60 Active (steady g r[...]

  • Seite 222

    2-92 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards Back Cards Back Cards for MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PX M45) or MGX 885 0 (PXM1E /PXM45) Switches Ta b l e 2 - 4 0 provides info rmati on about ea[...]

  • Seite 223

    2-93 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards Back Cards for MGX 8950 Switches Ta b l e 2 - 4 1 provid es info rmation about each back c ard in a n MGX 8950 sw itch. See Ta b l[...]

  • Seite 224

    2-94 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards T able 2-41 Back Ca rd I nfo r mation f or the MGX 8950 S witch Back Car d Name Pr inted on the Face plate Cisco Pro duct ID MCC-8- 155[...]

  • Seite 225

    2-95 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards Back Cards for MGX 8830 Switches Ta b l e 2 - 4 2 provides inform ation about e ach ba ck card i n the M GX 88 30 or M GX 88 30/B [...]

  • Seite 226

    2-96 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards Back Cards for MGX 8880 Media Gateway Ta b l e 2 - 4 3 provide s informa tion ab out ea ch back card in an MGX 8880 Med ia Ga tew ay . [...]

  • Seite 227

    2-97 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards SMFLR-8-155-LC/B from SMFLR-8-1 55-LC and SMFLR-8 -155-LC/B, page 2-151 SMFLR-8-15 5-LC and SMFL R-8-155-LC/ B SMFSR-1-2488/B f ro[...]

  • Seite 228

    2-98 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards 12IN1-8S The 12 IN1-8S is an eight -port ba ck card that pro vides V .35 and X.2 1 (V .11) ser ial inte rfac es. Fi gure 2- 42 shows th[...]

  • Seite 229

    2-99 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards BNC-2E3 The BNC- 2E3 is a tw o-port back card that pro vides E3 interf aces. Figure 2-4 3 sho ws the BNC-2E3 face plate. The BN C-[...]

  • Seite 230

    2-100 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards BNC-2T3 The BNC- 2T3 is a tw o-port back card that pro vides T3 interf aces. Figure 2-4 4 sho ws the BNC-2T3 face plate. Cable: CAB-BN[...]

  • Seite 231

    2-101 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards BNC-3- T3E3 The BNC- 3-T3E 3 back card provi des three T3 interfa ces. F igur e 2-4 5 sho ws the BNC -3-T3E3 facep late. Cable: C[...]

  • Seite 232

    2-102 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards BNC-3T3-M The BNC-3T3- M is a b ack card t hat pr ovides three T3 interf aces. Figure 2-46 shows the BNC-3T3- M face plate. Cable: CAB[...]

  • Seite 233

    2-103 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards MCC-8-155 The MCC- 8-155 is a back car d that pro vides eight OC-3c interf aces using 16 MCC conn ectors (8 transmit and 8 recei [...]

  • Seite 234

    2-104 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards MCC-16-E1 The MCC-16-E1 is a back car d that pro vides 16 E1 interf aces using 32 E1 MCC connectors ( 16 transmit and 16 rece ive). Fi[...]

  • Seite 235

    2-105 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards Supports 1: N redundancy in the following switches: • MGX 883 0/B (with RCON-1TO3-8 830) • MGX 885 0/B (w ith RCON-1 TO3-8850[...]

  • Seite 236

    2-106 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards MGX-1GE The MGX -1GE is a single-por t high-spee d uplink (Gi gabit Eth ernet) back card . The MGX -1GE is installe d in the upper rea[...]

  • Seite 237

    2-107 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards Figur e 2-50 MGX-1GE F aceplate 1 LINK LED • Green —A l ink has b een esta bli shed. • Off—A link has not been establis h[...]

  • Seite 238

    2-108 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards MGX-2GE Figure 2-51 shows the MG X-2GE f aceplate. The MGX- 2GE car d is a single -heigh t, 2-po rt Gig abit Ether net back card for R[...]

  • Seite 239

    2-109 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards MGX-1 OC12PO S-IR The MGX- 1OC12POS- IR is a single-por t high-spee d uplink (OC- 12 POS) back car d. This back ca rd provides a [...]

  • Seite 240

    2-110 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards MGX-2 OC12PO S-IR Figure 2-53 shows the MG X-2OC1 2POS-IR face plate. Figur e 2-5 3 MGX-2OC12PO S-IR F aceplate 1 ENBL LED • Off—T[...]

  • Seite 241

    2-111 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards MGX-RJ4 5-5-ETH The MGX -RJ45-5 -ETH is a single -heigh t back card for the RPM -PR that p rov ides f i v e RJ-45 c onnect ors fo[...]

  • Seite 242

    2-112 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards MGX-RJ48-8 E1 The M GX-RJ48- 8E1 is a single-h eight back ca rd that provides eight RJ- 48 conne ctors for E1 lines. Figure 2-55 shows[...]

  • Seite 243

    2-113 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards MGX-XF-UI The MG X-XF-UI is a managemen t back ca rd that p rovides remote m anagement c apabilities for the RPM-XF thro ugh a c [...]

  • Seite 244

    2-114 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards Note Connecting to the auxiliar y port through a mod em is not supported. The auxi liary port can opera te at a user-specified baud ra[...]

  • Seite 245

    2-115 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards Figur e 2-58 MGX-XF -UI/B F aceplate 1 A UX —An R J-45 rece ptacl e that provides connec tion t o an auxil iary de vice tha t i[...]

  • Seite 246

    2-116 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards MMF-4- 155/C The MMF-4-155 /C is a multimode fibe r back card that pro vides four SONET /SDH OC-3c/STM-1 interf aces, each opera ting [...]

  • Seite 247

    2-117 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards MMF-8- 155-MT and M MF-8-155-M T/B The MMF-8-15 5-MT and the MMF-8-1 55-MT/B are multim ode f iber back car ds that provid e eigh[...]

  • Seite 248

    2-118 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards MMF-FE The MM F-FE is a one -port ba ck car d that provid es a choice of two Ethe rnet c onnect ors for 100BASE-FX conn ection t o MMF[...]

  • Seite 249

    2-119 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards PXM-HD The PXM-HD is a single- height bac k card that is installe d in the MGX 8850 ( PXM45) switch. It houses a 6-GB hard d isk [...]

  • Seite 250

    2-120 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards PXM-UI-S3 and PXM-UI-S3 /B The use r int erface back card (PXM-U I-S3 or PX M-UI -S3/B) provide s mana gement i nterface s for configu[...]

  • Seite 251

    2-121 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards Figure 2-63 shows the PXM -UI-S3 back card f ace plate. Figur e 2-63 PXM-UI-S3 F aceplat e Note The control port has a def ault d[...]

  • Seite 252

    2-122 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards Figure 2-64 shows the PXM -UI-S3/ B back c ard f acepla te. See Ta b l e 2 - 2 2 for PXM 1E and PXM-UI-S3/ B compatibility . F or cabl[...]

  • Seite 253

    2-123 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards Note The control port has a def ault data rate of 9600 bps. The d ata rate is conf igurable us ing the cnfserial if comman d fro [...]

  • Seite 254

    2-124 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards Figur e 2-65 RBBN-16-T1E1 F aceplat e RBBN-16-T1E1 -1N The R BBN-16-T 1E1-1N is a ba ck card that provi des 16 T1/ E1 inte rfaces t hr[...]

  • Seite 255

    2-125 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards Note Figur e 2-66 does not sh o w its bail latches. Figur e 2-66 RBBN-16-T1E1 -1N F aceplat e RED-16-T 1E1 The R ED-16-T 1E1 is a[...]

  • Seite 256

    2-126 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards Figur e 2-67 RED-16-T1E1 122413 RED 16 - T1 E 1 ST ATUS[...]

  • Seite 257

    2-127 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards RJ45-4E/B The RJ45-4E/B i s a back card t hat provide s four IE EE 802. 3 Ether net 10BASE-T int erfaces . Figur e 2-6 8 sho ws t[...]

  • Seite 258

    2-128 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards RJ45-FE The RJ45 -FE back card has an RJ-45 co nnector t o attach to Category 5 UTP for 100BASE-TX , and a media independent interfa c[...]

  • Seite 259

    2-129 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards RJ48-8E1 and R-RJ48 -8E1 The R J48-8E 1 and R -RJ48- 8E1 ar e single -hei ght bac k card s that pr o vide ei ght RJ- 48 co nnecto[...]

  • Seite 260

    2-130 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards RJ48-8T1 and R-RJ48 -8T1 The R J48-8T 1 and R -RJ48- 8T1 ar e single -hei ght bac k card s that pr o vide ei ght RJ- 48 co nnecto rs f[...]

  • Seite 261

    2-131 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards SCSI2-2H SSI/B The SCSI2 -2HSSI/B is a back c ard th at provides two unc hannelize d HSSI in terface s. Each interfac e supports [...]

  • Seite 262

    2-132 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards SFP-2-155 The SFP-2-155 is a back card that provides tw o OC-3c/STM- 1 interfaces operating at 155 Mbps. Both OC-3 c ports have SONET [...]

  • Seite 263

    2-133 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards Figure 2-73 shows the SFP-2-155 fa ceplate. Cables: CAB-MMF- LC, CAB-MM F-LC-Y , CAB-SMFIR- LC, CAB-SMFL R-LC-Y , CAB-SMFIR-LC-Y [...]

  • Seite 264

    2-134 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards SFP-8-155 The SFP-8-155 is a back card that provides eight OC-3c/STM-1 interfa ces operating at 155 Mbps. All eight OC -3c ports hav e[...]

  • Seite 265

    2-135 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards Figure 2-74 shows the SFP-8-155 fa ceplate. Cables: CAB-MMF- LC, CAB-MM F-LC-Y , CAB-SMFIR- LC, CAB-SMFIR- LC-Y , CAB-SMFLR, CAB-[...]

  • Seite 266

    2-136 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards SMB-2-155-EL The SMB-2-155- EL is a n ele ctrical back ca rd tha t provides two OC-3c/ STM-1 in terface s, each op erati ng at 155 Mbp[...]

  • Seite 267

    2-137 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards SMB-4-155 The SMB-4 -155 is a bac k card th at provides four OC-3c/ST M-1 inte rfaces, ea ch operat ing at 155 Mbp s. Figure 2-76[...]

  • Seite 268

    2-138 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards SMB-6-T3E3 The SMB-6- T3E3 is a s ingle -height b ack card t hat prov ides s ix T3 o r E3 in terfa ces. Fi gure 2- 77 sho ws the SMB-6[...]

  • Seite 269

    2-139 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards SMB-8E1 an d R-SMB-8E1 The SMB- 8E1 and R- SMB-8E1 are single- height ba ck card s that provide e ight SMB c onnector s for E1 li[...]

  • Seite 270

    2-140 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards SMB-8E3 The SMB-8E3 is a back card that pro vides eight E3 interfac es. Figure 2-79 shows the SMB-8E3 face plate. Cables: CAB -T3E3-P [...]

  • Seite 271

    2-141 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards SMB-8T3 The SMB-8T3 is a back card that pro vides eight T3 interfac es. Figure 2-80 shows the SMB-8T3 face plate. Cables: CAB -T3[...]

  • Seite 272

    2-142 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards SMFIR-1-155 The SMFIR- 1-155 is a si ngle-mo de f iber , intermedia te-reach back card that pro vides o ne OC-3c/ST M-1 interf ace ope[...]

  • Seite 273

    2-143 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards SMFIR -1-62 2/C The SMFIR-1-622/C is a single-mode f iber , intermediate-reac h back card that provid es one OC-12c/ STM -4 inter[...]

  • Seite 274

    2-144 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards SMFI R-2- 622 and SMFIR-2 -622 /B The SMFIR-2 -622 an d the SMFIR-2 -622/B are si ngle-mode f iber, intermediat e-reach back cards tha[...]

  • Seite 275

    2-145 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards SMFIR -4-15 5/C The SMFIR-4-155/C is a single-mode f iber , intermediate-reac h back card that provid es four OC-3c/STM -1 inter [...]

  • Seite 276

    2-146 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards SMFIR-8-155 -LC and SMFIR-8 -155-LC/B The SMFIR-8 -155- LC and the SMFI R-8-155- LC/B are singl e-mode fiber, inte rmediat e-reach bac[...]

  • Seite 277

    2-147 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards SMFLR-1-24 88 and S MFLR-1-2488/B The SMFLR- 1-2488 and SMFLR-1-2488 /B are singl e-mode fiber, l ong- reach back cards that prov[...]

  • Seite 278

    2-148 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards SMFLR-1-62 2/C The SMFLR- 1-622/C i s a single-mod e fiber , long-reac h back card t hat provides one O C-12c/ST M-4 interfac e operat[...]

  • Seite 279

    2-149 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards SMFLR-2-62 2 and SM FLR-2-622/B The SMFL R-2-622 a nd the SMFL R-2-622/ B are singl e-mode fiber, long-reac h back car ds that pr[...]

  • Seite 280

    2-150 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards SMFLR-4-15 5/C The SMFLR- 4-155/C i s a single-mod e fiber , lo ng-reach ba ck card that provides four SON ET OC-3c/ STM-1 in terfaces[...]

  • Seite 281

    2-151 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards SMFLR-8-15 5-LC and S MFLR-8- 155-LC/B The SMFLR- 8-155- LC and the SMFLR- 8-155-LC /B are single- mode fiber, l ong- reach back [...]

  • Seite 282

    2-152 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards SMFSR-1-24 88 and SM FSR-1-248 8/B The SMFSR -1-248 8 and t he SMFSR-1- 2488/B a re singl e-mode fiber, short-rea ch back c ards tha t[...]

  • Seite 283

    2-153 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards SMFSR-1-99 53 W ith the SMFSR- 1-9953, SM FIR-1-9953 , SMFLR-1- 9953 back card assemb ly , the AXSM -1-9953-XG can work at the OC[...]

  • Seite 284

    2-154 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards SMFXLR-1 -2488 a nd SMFXL R-1-2488/B The SMFXL R-1-24 88 and the SMFXLR -1-2488 /B are single- mode fiber , extended long- reach bac k[...]

  • Seite 285

    2-155 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards STM1-E L-1 The STM1- EL-1 is a back card t hat provid es on e STM 1 int erface. Figure 2 -94 shows the STM1-E L-1 face plate. Cab[...]

  • Seite 286

    2-156 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards T3E3-1 55 The T3E3-1 55 is a b ack card that pro vides eight T3/E3 interf aces and fo ur OC-3c interfaces. All eight electric al ports[...]

  • Seite 287

    2-157 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards Figure 2-95 shows the T3E3-15 5 faceplate. Cables f or item 3:CAB-MC C-T1E1 and CAB-MCC- T1E1-Y . Cables f or item 4: CAB-SMF-L C[...]

  • Seite 288

    2-158 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards VXSM-BC-4 -155 The VXSM-BC-4 -155 c ard is a back card f or the VXSM -4-155 fr ont ca rd. Figure 2-96 shows the VXSM-B C-4-155 fa cepl[...]

  • Seite 289

    2-159 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards VXSM-BC-2 4-T1E1 The VXS M-BC-24 -T1E1 card is a bac k card fo r the VXSM- T1E1 fro nt card . Figure 2-97 shows the VXSM-B C-24-T[...]

  • Seite 290

    2-160 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards VXSM-BC -3T3 The VX SM-BC-3T 3 ca rd is a back card f or the VXSM-6 T3 fr ont car d. Figure 2-98 shows the VXSM -BC-3T 3 fa cepla te. [...]

  • Seite 291

    2-161 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illus trated Card List for M GX Switches and t he MG X 8880 Media Gat eway Back Cards Figur e 2-99 VXSM-R-BC F aceplate 1 Enabled L ED ( ENBL) • Gree n—Th e bac k card is active. • Off —The back car d is not[...]

  • Seite 292

    2-162 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards[...]

  • Seite 293

    C HAPTER 3-1 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 3 Preparing for Installation This chapter lists the requirements for insta lling the Cisco MGX 8850, Cisco M GX 8850/B, Cisco MGX 8950, Cisco MG X 8830 and Cisc o MGX 8830/B switches and th eir relate d compone nts. It[...]

  • Seite 294

    3-2 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Safety Requi rements Safety Requirements This se ction de scribes safety requirem ents f or the MGX 88 50 and M GX 8 850/B swi tch. Bef ore you install a Cisco MGX switch, ensure that all of[...]

  • Seite 295

    3-3 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Safety Requirements War ni ng Never attempt to lift the chassis with the handles on the power suppli es, fan tray s, or the switching modules. These handles are not designed to support the[...]

  • Seite 296

    3-4 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Safety Requi rements War ni ng Read the installation instructi ons before you connect th e sy stem to its power source. Statement 10 04 War ni ng Before working on equipment that is connecte[...]

  • Seite 297

    3-5 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Safety Requirements War ni ng This unit might have more than one p ower supply connection; all connections must be removed completely for you to completely remove power from the u nit. Sta[...]

  • Seite 298

    3-6 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Safety Requi rements • Use the Cisco MGX A C and DC systems within the specif ications provide d by their marke d elec trical r ating s and pr oduct u sage instru ction s. • Install the [...]

  • Seite 299

    3-7 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Safety Requirements Preventing E SD Damage Proper ESD protect ion is req uired whe nev er you handle Cisco equipme nt. ESD da mage, whi ch can oc cur when ele ctronic ca rds or c omponents[...]

  • Seite 300

    3-8 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Safety Requi rements General Card Inst allation Guidelines This se ction contai ns reco mmendat ions a nd prec autions for: • Install ing an d replac ing ca rds and modules • Hot swapp i[...]

  • Seite 301

    3-9 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Safety Requirements Figur e 3-1 Ba ckplane Insp ection Chec k P oints • Inspect the ca rd f or irregu lar hole s or off-cen ter pin inserti on prong s on t he co nnecto r (see Figure 3-2[...]

  • Seite 302

    3-10 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation How Cisco MG X Systems are Shipped Cautio n PXM45 control ler cards go in slot s 7 and 8 on the MGX 8850 (PXM4 5), MGX 8850/ B (PXM45), or MGX 8950 switch . PXM1E controll er ca rds go in s[...]

  • Seite 303

    3-11 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Site Require ments for the MGX 8850 or MGX 8850/B S witch Enviro nmental Re quiremen ts Proper op eration of an MGX 8850 or M GX 8850/B switc h depends on a pro per environment. Thi s sec[...]

  • Seite 304

    3-12 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for the MG X 8850 or MGX 8850 /B Switch The follo wing sections are included: • Seismi c Anchor ing, page 3-12 • Sho ck, page 3-12 • V ibrat ion, page 3-12 • Spac[...]

  • Seite 305

    3-13 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Site Require ments for the MGX 8850 or MGX 8850/B S witch Space Y ou ca n install th e following MGX 885 0 or MGX 8850/ B system com ponents in a rack (as shown in Figure 3-3 ): • Exhau[...]

  • Seite 306

    3-14 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for the MG X 8850 or MGX 8850 /B Switch Figur e 3-3 MGX 8850 or MGX 8 850/B S witc h Components The M GX 88 50 or M GX 8 850/B sw itch a nd com ponent s fit in e ither a [...]

  • Seite 307

    3-15 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Site Require ments for the MGX 8850 or MGX 8850/B S witch The loc ation of the C isco MGX sw itch and th e layout of you r rack or wiri ng room are extremely importa nt for prope r system[...]

  • Seite 308

    3-16 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for the MG X 8850 or MGX 8850 /B Switch Enclosed racks must hav e adequate v entilation. Ensure that the rac k is not ov erly congested , because each un it genera tes he[...]

  • Seite 309

    3-17 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Site Require ments for the MGX 8850 or MGX 8850/B S witch Enclosed racks must hav e adequate v entilatio n. Ensure that the rac k is not ov erly congested, b ecause each un it genera tes [...]

  • Seite 310

    3-18 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for the MG X 8850 or MGX 8850 /B Switch The fol lo wing sections provide additional information about po wer: • A C Power , page 3-18 • DC Power , page 3 -19 • Po w[...]

  • Seite 311

    3-19 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Site Require ments for the MGX 8850 or MGX 8850/B S witch Figur e 3-5 Sc hematic o f AC P lug Wir ing DC Power DC power is su pplied to the M GX 8850 o r MGX 8850/B sw itch thro ugh on e [...]

  • Seite 312

    3-20 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for the MG X 8850 or MGX 8850 /B Switch Power Consumption Calculat ion Tables Y ou c an use Ta b l e 3 - 6 to c alculate the typic al power requir ement for a MGX 885 0 ([...]

  • Seite 313

    3-21 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Site Require ments for the MGX 8850 or MGX 8850/B S witch AXSM -8-155-E 80 • MMF-4 -155/C 21. 3 • SMB-4-155 25 • SMFIR-4- 155/C 12 • SMFLR-4-155/C 12 AXSM -16-155 94. 6 • MMF-8 [...]

  • Seite 314

    3-22 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for the MG X 8850 or MGX 8850 /B Switch • SMB-8E1 5 • R-SM B-8E 1 5 CESM-8 T1 and CES M-8T 1/ B 29.1 • RJ48- 8T1 3 • R-R J48- 8T1 3 FRSM-2CT3 49 • BNC- 2T3 5 FR[...]

  • Seite 315

    3-23 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Site Require ments for the MGX 8850 or MGX 8850/B S witch • RJ48- 8T1 3 • R-R J48- 8T1 3 • MGX-RJ48 -8E1 3 • RJ48- 8E1 3 MPSM-16T1E1 40 • MCC -16-T1E1 -1N 8 • RBBN- 16-T1 E1-1[...]

  • Seite 316

    3-24 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for the MG X 8850 or MGX 8850 /B Switch • T3E3- 155 10 PXM45 or PXM45/B PXM45/C 101 121 • PXM-UI-S3 4 • PXM-HD 9 RPM- PR-256 44 • MMF-FE 3. 03 • RJ45- 4E/B 1.25[...]

  • Seite 317

    3-25 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Site Require ments for the MGX 8850 or MGX 8850/B S witch Required To ols and Eq uipment Ta b l e 3 - 7 lists t he too ls and eq uipment that you nee d to i nstall an d remove MG X 8850 o[...]

  • Seite 318

    3-26 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for the MG X 8850 or MGX 8850 /B Switch T able 3-7 MGX 8850 or MGX 8 850/B Requ ir ed T ools and Equipmen t Che ck T ools and Eq uipment Hardware Components and Cables Ci[...]

  • Seite 319

    3-27 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Site Require ments for the MGX 8850 or MGX 8850/B S witch A C po wer co rd fo r A C po wer supp ly tr ay , optio nal f or A C po wer: • Ar gen tin a: Ci sco P art N umbe r CA B-A CR •[...]

  • Seite 320

    3-28 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for the MG X 8950 Switch Site Requirements for the MGX 8950 Switch This secti on describe s requirem ents for the site where the Cisco MGX 8950 switch is to be instal led[...]

  • Seite 321

    3-29 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Site Requir ements for the MGX 8950 Switch Enviro nmental Re quiremen ts Proper ope ration of th e MGX 8950 swit ch depends on a pro per environment. Thi s section de scribes en vironment[...]

  • Seite 322

    3-30 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for the MG X 8950 Switch Vibration Ta b l e 3 - 9 descri bes the Cisco recommendatio ns for vibr ation cond itions. Space Y ou ca n install th e following MGX 895 0 syste[...]

  • Seite 323

    3-31 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Site Requir ements for the MGX 8950 Switch • Air intak e plenum • A C power su pply tray (op tional) Figur e 3-6 MGX 8950 S witc h Components The MGX 8950 switc h and compon ents fit [...]

  • Seite 324

    3-32 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for the MG X 8950 Switch Plan so that th e rack accom modates yo ur needs . An A C-po wered MGX 895 0 switch occu pies 35. 00 inches (88.9 cm or 20 RUs) of vertical sp ac[...]

  • Seite 325

    3-33 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Site Requir ements for the MGX 8950 Switch An AC-po were d MGX 89 50 swi tch dissi pates up to 14, 300 Btu s (4200 W) , and a DC -powered MG X 8950 switch di ssipates up to 12,300 Bt us ([...]

  • Seite 326

    3-34 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for the MG X 8950 Switch Figur e 3-7 Air Flow Th ro ugh Intak e and Exhaust V ents for the M GX 8950 S witch Note Electrical eq uipmen t genera tes heat. Ambient air temp[...]

  • Seite 327

    3-35 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Site Requir ements for the MGX 8950 Switch Power Req uirements The sys tem can accep t po wer fro m either an opti onal A C source (A C pow er supply tray) or a DC sour ce (DC PEM). Ta b [...]

  • Seite 328

    3-36 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for the MG X 8950 Switch AC Power A C power is suppl ied to the MGX 8950 switch thro ugh the A C power supply tray . A C power sources must be ded icated A C bra nch circ[...]

  • Seite 329

    3-37 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Site Requir ements for the MGX 8950 Switch DC Power DC power is supplied to the MGX 8 950 swit ch throug h one or two DC PEMs. Each D C PEM must be connec ted to a dedi cated 100 A regula[...]

  • Seite 330

    3-38 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for the MG X 8950 Switch • SMFXLR-1-9953 24 AXSM -4-622/B 94. 6 • SMFIR-2- 622/B 12 • SMFLR-2-622/B 12 AXSM -4-2488- XG 186 • SMF-4-2 488-SFP 24 AXSM -16-155/B 94[...]

  • Seite 331

    3-39 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Site Requir ements for the MGX 8950 Switch Required To ols and Eq uipment Ta b l e 3 - 1 4 list s the tools an d equ ipment th at you need t o insta ll an d remove MGX 8950 sw itch compon[...]

  • Seite 332

    3-40 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for the MG X 8950 Switch Front car d blank f acepla tes, as need ed: • Single-height se rvice module: Cisco Par t Number SINGLE SM-CV R • Doubl e-height se rvice modu[...]

  • Seite 333

    3-41 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Site Requirem ents for a MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Site Requirements for a MGX 8830 or MGX 8830 /B Switch This secti on describe s requirem ents for the si te where the MGX 8830 or MG[...]

  • Seite 334

    3-42 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for a MGX 8 830 or MGX 8830/B Sw itch Enviro nmental Re quiremen ts Proper ope ration of th e MGX 8830 swit ch depends on a pro per environment. Thi s section de scribes [...]

  • Seite 335

    3-43 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Site Requirem ents for a MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Seismic Anchoring In orde r for yo u to se cure a Cisco -supplied cabinet , the holes i n the up per an d lower co rners accom modat[...]

  • Seite 336

    3-44 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for a MGX 8 830 or MGX 8830/B Sw itch Space Y ou ca n install th e following MGX 883 0 or MGX 8830 /B system com ponen ts in a rack (as shown in Figure 3-9 ): • MGX 883[...]

  • Seite 337

    3-45 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Site Requirem ents for a MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch The M GX 88 30 or M GX 8 830/B sw itch a nd com ponent s fit in e ither a 19-i nch (48 .26 cm ) wid e rack or a 23-i nch (58 .42 cm)[...]

  • Seite 338

    3-46 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for a MGX 8 830 or MGX 8830/B Sw itch Temperature, Altitude, and Humi dity The sys tem c an tole rate a w ide ran ge of te mper ature s. Ta b l e 3 - 1 8 descr ibes the C[...]

  • Seite 339

    3-47 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Site Requirem ents for a MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Enclosed racks must hav e adequate v entilatio n. Ensure that the rac k is not ov erly congested, b ecause each un it genera tes hea[...]

  • Seite 340

    3-48 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for a MGX 8 830 or MGX 8830/B Sw itch AC Power A C pow er so urces must b e dedi cated A C br anch circuits. Each b ranch circu it must be pro tected b y a dedicat ed two[...]

  • Seite 341

    3-49 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Site Requirem ents for a MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch DC power so urces m ust b e dedica ted DC bran ch cir cuits. Each branch circui t must be pr otected by a dedicated circuit brea ker[...]

  • Seite 342

    3-50 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for a MGX 8 830 or MGX 8830/B Sw itch CESM-8 T1/B 29.1 • RJ48- 8T1 3 • R-R J48- 8T1 3 FRSM-2CT3 49 • BNC- 2T3 5 FRSM-2T3E3 30 • BNC -2E3 and BNC- 2E3 A 5 • BNC-[...]

  • Seite 343

    3-51 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Site Requirem ents for a MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch • MGX-RJ48 -8E1 3 • RJ48- 8E1 3 MPSM-16T1E1 40 • MCC -16-T1E1 -1N 8 • RBBN- 16-T1 E1-1N 8 • RED- 16- T1E1 8 MPSM-T 3E3-155[...]

  • Seite 344

    3-52 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for a MGX 8 830 or MGX 8830/B Sw itch • MMF-FE 3. 03 • RJ45- 4E/B 1.25 • RJ45-FE 3.0 3 RPM- PR-512 45 • MMF-FE 3. 03 • RJ45- 4E/B 1.25 • RJ45-FE 3.0 3 SRM-3T [...]

  • Seite 345

    3-53 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Site Requirem ents for a MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Required To ols and Eq uipment Ta b l e 3 - 2 1 lists the tools and equipment that you need to install and remo ve the MGX 8830 or M[...]

  • Seite 346

    3-54 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for a MGX 8 830 or MGX 8830/B Sw itch A C po wer suppl y tray p o wer cab le—F or A C-po wered systems A C po wer co rd fo r A C po wer supp ly tr ay , optio nal f or A[...]

  • Seite 347

    3-55 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Site Requi rements for the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Site Requirements for the MGX 8880 Media Ga teway This section describes requirem ents for the site w here the MGX 8880 Me dia Gate way i[...]

  • Seite 348

    3-56 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Site Requirem ents for th e MGX 8880 Me dia Gate way Enviro nmental Re quiremen ts Proper o peratio n of the MGX 8880 M edia G ateway depends o n a proper environmen t. This secti on descri[...]

  • Seite 349

    3-57 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Site Requi rements for the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Vibration Ta b l e 3 - 2 3 descr ibes the Cisco re commen dations f or vibr ation c onditions. Space Y ou ca n install th e following MGX[...]

  • Seite 350

    3-58 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Site Requirem ents for th e MGX 8880 Me dia Gate way • Air intak e plenum • A C power su pply tray (op tional) Figur e 3-1 1 MG X 8880 Media Ga tew ay Compo nents The MG X 8880 Med ia G[...]

  • Seite 351

    3-59 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Site Requi rements for the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Note In a central of fice (CO ) and pri va te enterp rise ( PE) en vironmen t, the tot al amoun t of rac k space s hould not exceed 42 RU[...]

  • Seite 352

    3-60 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Site Requirem ents for th e MGX 8880 Me dia Gate way Temperature, Altitude, and Humi dity The syste m can toler ate a w ide r ange of te mperat ures . Ta b l e 3 - 2 6 provides the Cisco re[...]

  • Seite 353

    3-61 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Site Requi rements for the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Figur e 3-12 Air Flo w Thr ough Intak e and Exh aust V ents fo r the Cisco MG X 8880 Me dia Gat ewa y Note Electrical eq uipmen t genera [...]

  • Seite 354

    3-62 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Site Requirem ents for th e MGX 8880 Me dia Gate way Power Req uirements The sys tem can accep t po wer fro m either an opti onal A C source (A C pow er supply tray) or a DC sour ce (DC PEM[...]

  • Seite 355

    3-63 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Site Requi rements for the MGX 8880 Media Gateway AC Power A C power is suppl ied to the MGX 8880 Media Ga te way through t he A C po wer suppl y tray . A C power source s must be de dica[...]

  • Seite 356

    3-64 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Site Requirem ents for th e MGX 8880 Me dia Gate way DC Power DC power is supp lied to the MGX 8880 Me dia Gateway throu gh one or two DC PEMs. Each DC PEM must be connected to a dedi cated[...]

  • Seite 357

    3-65 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Site Requi rements for the MGX 8880 Media Gateway • SMFLR-1-622/C 12 AXSM -4-622/B 94. 6 • SMFIR-2- 622/B 12 • SMFLR-2-622/B 12 AXSM -8-155-E 80 • MMF-4 -155/C 21. 3 • SMB-4-155[...]

  • Seite 358

    3-66 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Site Requirem ents for th e MGX 8880 Me dia Gate way • RJ45-FE 3.0 3 RPM- XF- 512 85 • MGX-XF-UI 3 • MGX-1O C12POS-I R 13 • MGX-1GE 11 • MGX-2O C12POS-I R 15 • MGX-2GE 13 SRME/ [...]

  • Seite 359

    3-67 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Site Requi rements for the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Required To ols and Eq uipment Ta b l e 3 - 2 9 list s the tools a nd eq uipment th at you n eed to install a nd remove MGX 8 880 Media G[...]

  • Seite 360

    3-68 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Site Requirem ents for th e MGX 8880 Me dia Gate way Fan tray po wer cable DC PEM po wer cable—F or DC-po wer ed syst ems Option al A C pow er supply tray po wer ca ble—F or A C-po wer [...]

  • Seite 361

    3-69 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Prepa ring for Installat ion Rack-Mo unting R equir ements Rack-Mounting Requirement s War ni ng T o prevent bodily injury when mo unting or servici ng this unit in a rack, you must take special precautions to ensure[...]

  • Seite 362

    3-70 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Installation Verifying Co ntents If any damage or other sign s of mishan dling are eviden t, inform b oth the lo cal freight carrier a nd Cisco before unpackin g. Y our freight ca rrier can pr ovide you[...]

  • Seite 363

    C HAPTER 4-1 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 4 Planning for Card Redundancy, Line Redundancy, and Bulk Distrib ution This ch apter descri bes how to plan for card redund ancy , line r edundancy , and bulk distri bution on MG X switche s. The card re dundancy f ea[...]

  • Seite 364

    4-2 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redunda ncy, Li ne Redundanc y, and Bulk Dist ributi on AXSM -4-622 AXSM -4-622/B AXSM -4-2488- XG Standalone Intracard APS No 1:1 Inter card an d int racard APS AXSM -8-155-E Standal one Intra card [...]

  • Seite 365

    4-3 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Plannin g for Card Redundan cy, Line Redu ndancy, and B ulk Distribu tion Plann ing Stan dalone and Redund ant Ca rd Con figurati ons Planning Standalone and Redundant Card Co nfigurations A PXM ca rd or ser vice modu[...]

  • Seite 366

    4-4 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redunda ncy, Li ne Redundanc y, and Bulk Dist ributi on Planning Stan dalone and Redundant Card Conf igurations Standalon e Card Con figuration Guidelines When a card is insert ed in a swit ch withou[...]

  • Seite 367

    4-5 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Plannin g for Card Redundan cy, Line Redu ndancy, and B ulk Distribu tion Plann ing Stan dalone and Redund ant Ca rd Con figurati ons Because th e relation ship betwe en PXM and SRM c ards is preco nfigured and cann o[...]

  • Seite 368

    4-6 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redunda ncy, Li ne Redundanc y, and Bulk Dist ributi on Planning Stan dalone and Redundant Card Conf igurations Preconfigure d Redundancy (P XM and S RM) Cisco MGX 88 50switches a re precon f igured [...]

  • Seite 369

    4-7 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Plannin g for Card Redundan cy, Line Redu ndancy, and B ulk Distribu tion Plann ing Stan dalone and Redund ant Ca rd Con figurati ons Figur e 4-2 MGX 8830 S witc h with Redund ant PXMs and SRMs Because the relation sh[...]

  • Seite 370

    4-8 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redunda ncy, Li ne Redundanc y, and Bulk Dist ributi on Planning Stan dalone and Redundant Card Conf igurations Configured 1:1 Card Redundancy Configured 1: 1 card redu ndancy operat es much like 1:1[...]

  • Seite 371

    4-9 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Plannin g for Card Redundan cy, Line Redu ndancy, and B ulk Distribu tion Plann ing Stan dalone and Redund ant Ca rd Con figurati ons SRM cards support 1:N redundancy in the fol lowing modes: • 1:N redundan cy witho[...]

  • Seite 372

    4-10 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redunda ncy, Li ne Redundanc y, and Bulk Dist ributi on Planning Stan dalone and Redundant Card Conf igurations • When th e second ary ca rd is an MPSM-8-T 1E1, th e MPSM-8 -T1E1 c an back up the [...]

  • Seite 373

    4-11 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Plannin g for Card Redundan cy, Line Redu ndancy, and B ulk Distribu tion Plann ing for S tandalo ne and Red undant Line Conf igurati ons • When th e second ary ca rd is an A USM, FRSM, or CESM, a ll cards i n a 1:[...]

  • Seite 374

    4-12 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redunda ncy, Li ne Redundanc y, and Bulk Dist ributi on Planning for Standalone and Redundant Li ne Configurat ions Standalone Card Configur ations When pl anning f or a standal one line o n a st an[...]

  • Seite 375

    4-13 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Plannin g for Card Redundan cy, Line Redu ndancy, and B ulk Distribu tion Plann ing for S tandalo ne and Red undant Line Conf igurati ons Figure 4-5 sh ows how redundant PXM1E ca rds use a Y - cable t o conne ct to s[...]

  • Seite 376

    4-14 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redunda ncy, Li ne Redundanc y, and Bulk Dist ributi on Planning for Standalone and Redundant Li ne Configurat ions 1:N Redundant Card Configurations (Excep t RPM) When pl anning f or a standal one [...]

  • Seite 377

    4-15 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Plannin g for Card Redundan cy, Line Redu ndancy, and B ulk Distribu tion Plann ing for S tandalo ne and Red undant Line Conf igurati ons • Cabling wor king and protectio n lines so that the role of each line is th[...]

  • Seite 378

    4-16 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redunda ncy, Li ne Redundanc y, and Bulk Dist ributi on Planning for Standalone and Redundant Li ne Configurat ions Figure 4-8 sh ows ho w a sta ndalone AXSM conne cts to red undant lines. Figur e 4[...]

  • Seite 379

    4-17 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Plannin g for Card Redundan cy, Line Redu ndancy, and B ulk Distribu tion Plann ing for S tandalo ne and Red undant Line Conf igurati ons • For VXSM-4-15 5 card s, the working l ine connec ts to a port on the upper[...]

  • Seite 380

    4-18 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redunda ncy, Li ne Redundanc y, and Bulk Dist ributi on Planning for Standalone and Redundant Li ne Configurat ions Back card and line fault tolerance is pro vided by intercar d APS. If the w orking[...]

  • Seite 381

    4-19 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Plannin g for Card Redundan cy, Line Redu ndancy, and B ulk Distribu tion Plann ing for S tandalo ne and Red undant Line Conf igurati ons • Some serv ice module ba ck card types requir e an APS mini-backp lane to s[...]

  • Seite 382

    4-20 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redunda ncy, Li ne Redundanc y, and Bulk Dist ributi on Planning for Bulk Distribution Planning for Bulk Distribution Bulk distrib ution is a feature tha t uses an SRM card to multiplex T1 or E1 tra[...]

  • Seite 383

    4-21 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Plannin g for Card Redundan cy, Line Redu ndancy, and B ulk Distribu tion Planning for Advanced Software Features distrib ution is that it enables a switch to use fe wer T3 or OC-3 lines instead of man y T1 or E1 lin[...]

  • Seite 384

    4-22 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redunda ncy, Li ne Redundanc y, and Bulk Dist ributi on Planning for Advan ced Soft ware Feat ures The advantage of the I MA fe ature is th at you do not need T 3/E3 ci rcuits t o sup port hig h ban[...]

  • Seite 385

    C HAPTER 5-1 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway This chapte r describes the follo wing installa tion procedures: • Installi ng the MGX 885 0 (PXM1E/PX M45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MG X 8880 Media Ga te way , page 5 -1 •[...]

  • Seite 386

    5-2 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 88 50 (PXM1E/PXM45 ) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8 880 Media Gate way War ni ng Only trained and qualified personnel should be allo wed to install or replace[...]

  • Seite 387

    5-3 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Note Using a lift to install a fully loaded MGX 8850 , MGX 8850/B, or MGX 8880 system in[...]

  • Seite 388

    5-4 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 88 50 (PXM1E/PXM45 ) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8 880 Media Gate way Note After complet ing thes e steps, pro ceed to the “First T ime Po wer On Proce dur[...]

  • Seite 389

    5-5 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway • The c urrent MGX 88 50 chas sis use a 25-pin connecto r at the pl enum e nd of the f[...]

  • Seite 390

    5-6 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 88 50 (PXM1E/PXM45 ) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8 880 Media Gate way Figur e 5-1 Color -Coded Slot Id entification on the MGX 8880 MGX 8850 and MGX 8880 Ins[...]

  • Seite 391

    5-7 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway • Inst all th e Lo wer F an T ray , page 5-20 (MGX 8 850 on ly) • Install the MG X 8[...]

  • Seite 392

    5-8 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 88 50 (PXM1E/PXM45 ) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8 880 Media Gate way Comple te the following steps to anchor your Cisco ca binet to a stabi lity pla te: Ste[...]

  • Seite 393

    5-9 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Figur e 5-3 Instal ling a Cis co Cabinet o ver the Stability P late Step 4 Use four 3/8 [...]

  • Seite 394

    5-10 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 88 50 (PXM1E/PXM45 ) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8 880 Media Gate way Ground the Frame Bonding Ground Connection for a Cisco-Supplied Rack A Cisco- supplied[...]

  • Seite 395

    5-11 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Figur e 5-4 F ra me Bonding Connection in Cisco -Supplied Rac k Step 2 Place the connec[...]

  • Seite 396

    5-12 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 88 50 (PXM1E/PXM45 ) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8 880 Media Gate way Step 4 Use a wrench t o tigh ten a n ut ont o the thread ed stud s. Measure Rack Space[...]

  • Seite 397

    5-13 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Figur e 5-5 Compone nt Locations in a MGX 88 50 or MGX 8850 /B S yste m 17670 2 R U 1 R[...]

  • Seite 398

    5-14 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 88 50 (PXM1E/PXM45 ) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8 880 Media Gate way Figur e 5-6 Compone nt Locati ons in a MGX 88 80 S yst em Note If you plan to expand y[...]

  • Seite 399

    5-15 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway When you ar e installi ng a MGX 8850 , MGX 885 0/B, or MGX 8880 system in a 23-inch rac[...]

  • Seite 400

    5-16 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 88 50 (PXM1E/PXM45 ) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8 880 Media Gate way Figure 5-8 sh ows a front view of the mou nting ra ils. Figur e 5-8 Rac k Mounting Dim[...]

  • Seite 401

    5-17 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway —If the rack is provided with stabilizing devices, in stall t he stabilizers before m[...]

  • Seite 402

    5-18 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 88 50 (PXM1E/PXM45 ) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8 880 Media Gate way Figur e 5-9 Remo ving an A C P ower S upply Step 3 T ilt the air intak e grille do wn [...]

  • Seite 403

    5-19 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Step 2 Position th e A C po wer suppl y tray , whic h occupies 3 R U s of space, at th [...]

  • Seite 404

    5-20 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 88 50 (PXM1E/PXM45 ) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8 880 Media Gate way Install the Air Intake Plenum Com ple te th e foll owing step s to insta ll t he ai r [...]

  • Seite 405

    5-21 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Ensure th at the air flow direction ar row on the back of the l ower fan tray is point [...]

  • Seite 406

    5-22 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 88 50 (PXM1E/PXM45 ) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8 880 Media Gate way Prepare fo r Instal lation Rev ie w the fol lo wing guidel ines before installation be[...]

  • Seite 407

    5-23 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Figu re 5-12 Front Card Ex tractor L ever Step 6 Pull the extract or lev er( s) to d is[...]

  • Seite 408

    5-24 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 88 50 (PXM1E/PXM45 ) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8 880 Media Gate way Remove the Back Cards from an APS Assembly Complet e the follo wing step s to re mo ve[...]

  • Seite 409

    5-25 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway War ni ng Never attempt to lift the chassis with the handles on the power suppli es, fa[...]

  • Seite 410

    5-26 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 88 50 (PXM1E/PXM45 ) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8 880 Media Gate way Reinst all the APS As sembly Com ple te th e foll owing step s to r einst al l the APS[...]

  • Seite 411

    5-27 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Figur e 5-14 T wo Bac k Car ds in the MGX-8850-APS-CON Connec tor Step 4 Position the A[...]

  • Seite 412

    5-28 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 88 50 (PXM1E/PXM45 ) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8 880 Media Gate way Cautio n T o prevent damag e to componen ts on eit her side of a card, support th e fa[...]

  • Seite 413

    5-29 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Note T ighten the top and bott om capti ve scre ws in increments to pre vent misalignme[...]

  • Seite 414

    5-30 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 88 50 (PXM1E/PXM45 ) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8 880 Media Gate way Step 4 Position the fr ont card o ver the appropr iate slot an d align the fron t card[...]

  • Seite 415

    5-31 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Ti p If a component requires more than two scre ws for installation in the rac k or cab[...]

  • Seite 416

    5-32 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 88 50 (PXM1E/PXM45 ) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8 880 Media Gate way Install the Upper Fan Tray Com ple te th e foll owing step s to in sta ll th e upp er [...]

  • Seite 417

    5-33 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Note If you are installing the exha ust plenu m in a 19-inch cabi net, it is fron t-mou[...]

  • Seite 418

    5-34 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 88 50 (PXM1E/PXM45 ) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8 880 Media Gate way Figur e 5-16 DC PEMs Ins talled Behind the Air Intak e Plenum on MG X 8880 Install the[...]

  • Seite 419

    5-35 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Figur e 5-18 Cable Manag ement Assemb ly at Bac k of an MGX 8880 Syst em Note O n an MG[...]

  • Seite 420

    5-36 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 88 50 (PXM1E/PXM45 ) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8 880 Media Gate way Figur e 5-1 9 F an T ray P ow er Cabl e Step 2 Use bot h hand s to slip the con nector[...]

  • Seite 421

    5-37 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Figur e 5-20 F an T ray P ower Cabl ing Step 5 Repeat Step 1 through Step 4 with t he o[...]

  • Seite 422

    5-38 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 88 50 (PXM1E/PXM45 ) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8 880 Media Gate way Figur e 5-21 A C P o wer Sup ply T ra y Cable Step 2 Use bot h hands to slip the conne[...]

  • Seite 423

    5-39 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Figur e 5-22 A C P o wer Sup ply T ra y Cabling Step 5 Repeat Step 1 thro ugh St ep 4 w[...]

  • Seite 424

    5-40 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 88 50 (PXM1E/PXM45 ) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8 880 Media Gate way If you are using AC power , see the “Co nnect t he A C Power Supp ly Tray to th e MG[...]

  • Seite 425

    5-41 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Figur e 5-24 DC PEM Ca bling Step 5 If you have installed a redund ant DC PE M, repea t[...]

  • Seite 426

    5-42 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 88 50 (PXM1E/PXM45 ) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8 880 Media Gate way Figur e 5-25 Routing D ata Cables Connect the Console Po rt The comman d line interf a[...]

  • Seite 427

    5-43 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway The CP conn ection ca n also be set u p through a ter minal ser ver , as sho wn in Figu[...]

  • Seite 428

    5-44 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 88 50 (PXM1E/PXM45 ) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8 880 Media Gate way War ni ng Do not touch the power supply when the power cord is connected. For sy stems[...]

  • Seite 429

    5-45 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Figur e 5-28 DC PEM—Re ar View Step 3 Measur e enough wi re (6 A WG [10 square mm] or[...]

  • Seite 430

    5-46 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 88 50 (PXM1E/PXM45 ) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8 880 Media Gate way Step 9 Attac h the other en d of the wir e from Step 7 to the DC source. Step 10 Repea[...]

  • Seite 431

    5-47 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Connect the MP Connection Note This step is optional. A dial-up con nection exten ds sw[...]

  • Seite 432

    5-48 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 88 50 (PXM1E/PXM45 ) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8 880 Media Gate way A local LAN connec tion exte nds switch management to all workstation s that hav e con[...]

  • Seite 433

    5-49 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 Swi tch Note Re fer to the approp riate softwa re configurati on guide for your sw itch and you r release to con figure general switch fe atures. I[...]

  • Seite 434

    5-50 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch The MGX 895 0 switch is shippe d in one of two hardwar e configuration s: • Open rack— Modul es and card s are shipped pre installed in [...]

  • Seite 435

    5-51 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 Swi tch Note After complet ing thes e steps, pro ceed to the “First T ime Po wer On Proce dure for MGX Switches ” section on page 5-137 if this[...]

  • Seite 436

    5-52 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Installation Pro cedures Cautio n The swi tch should not recei ve po wer while you install c omponents. The follo wing sections detail the i[...]

  • Seite 437

    5-53 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 Swi tch Note Th ese instruc tions are spe cific to a Cisco-su pplied ca binet, but can be us ed for anch oring a Cisco-suppl ied rack. If you are n[...]

  • Seite 438

    5-54 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Figur e 5-3 3 Installing a Cisco Cabi net ov er the Stability Plat e Step 4 Use four 3/8 x 1 inch anc horing bolts (user -prov ided) to secu[...]

  • Seite 439

    5-55 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 Swi tch Ground the Frame Bonding Ground Connection for a Cisco-Supplied Rack A Cisco- supplied rack ha s two p airs of gr ounding studs loc ated at[...]

  • Seite 440

    5-56 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Figur e 5-34 Fra me Bonding Connection in Cisco -Supplied Rac k Step 2 Place the connec tor th at termi nate s the grou nding co nductor clo[...]

  • Seite 441

    5-57 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 Swi tch Step 4 Use a wrench t o tigh ten a n ut ont o the thread ed stud s. Measure Rack Space Before yo u install the MG X 8950 switch a nd its re[...]

  • Seite 442

    5-58 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Figur e 5-35 Component Loca tions in a MG X 8950 S yst em Note If you plan to expand you r system to include more switches in the f uture, a[...]

  • Seite 443

    5-59 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 Swi tch • Cisco ca binet c onfiguration— The sw itch an d hardware compon ents ( optional A C power supp ly tray , air int ake plenum, upper a [...]

  • Seite 444

    5-60 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Figure 5-37 sho ws a fr ont vi e w of the mou ntin g r ails. Figur e 5-37 Rac k Mounting Dime nsions—F ront V iew Ti p If a component requ[...]

  • Seite 445

    5-61 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 Swi tch —If the rack is provided with stabilizing devices, in stall t he stabilizers before mounting or s ervicing the unit in the rack. Statemen[...]

  • Seite 446

    5-62 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Figur e 5-38 Remo ving an AC P ow er Supply Step 3 T ilt the air intak e grille do wn to about a 45-de gree angle , lift i t out, and set it[...]

  • Seite 447

    5-63 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 Swi tch Step 2 Position th e A C po wer suppl y tray , whic h occupies 3 R U s of space, at th e bottom of th e configurati on or rack. Step 3 Use [...]

  • Seite 448

    5-64 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Install the Air Intake Plenum Com ple te th e foll owing step s to insta ll t he ai r int ake pl enum . Ti p If a component requires more th[...]

  • Seite 449

    5-65 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 Swi tch Ensure th at the air flow direction ar row on the back of the l ower fan tray is point ing up, as shown in Figure 5-40 . Figu re 5-40 Lower[...]

  • Seite 450

    5-66 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Prepare fo r Instal lation Rev ie w the fol lo wing guidel ines before installation be gins: • Before remo ving an y cards, m odules, or a[...]

  • Seite 451

    5-67 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 Swi tch Figu re 5-41 Front Card Ex tractor L ever Step 6 Pull the extract or lev er( s) to d isconnect the fr ont ca rd from the m idplane . Step 7[...]

  • Seite 452

    5-68 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Cautio n An APS assem bly consi sts of two optic al AXSM back car ds, a primary car d and a second ary card, which are co nnected by an APS [...]

  • Seite 453

    5-69 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 Swi tch War ni ng T wo people are required to lift the chassis. Grasp the chassis underneath the lower edge and lift with both hands. T o prevent i[...]

  • Seite 454

    5-70 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Step 1 Place th e edge of the back c ard in th e align ment sl ot of the APS c onnector (see Ta b l e 1 - 6 f or part numbers) . Use the gui[...]

  • Seite 455

    5-71 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 Swi tch Figur e 5-4 3 T wo Bac k Cards in the MGX-APS-CON-895 0Connect or Step 4 Position the APS assembly in the approp riate card slots. Note T h[...]

  • Seite 456

    5-72 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Cautio n T o p rev ent da mage t o compon ents on the bottom si de of a card, sup port th e facep late an d keep the card le vel while slid [...]

  • Seite 457

    5-73 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 Swi tch Step 8 Repeat Step 2 through Step 7 for each back card that you are reinstallin g in the ch assis. Step 9 Install b lank fa ceplates ove r [...]

  • Seite 458

    5-74 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Note Some cards hav e an “insertion delay latch” that need s to be raised before closing the e xtractor le ver . Step 8 Repeat Step 2 th[...]

  • Seite 459

    5-75 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 Swi tch War ni ng Never attempt to lift the chassis with the handles on the power suppli es, fan tray s, or the switching modules. These handles ar[...]

  • Seite 460

    5-76 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Install the Upper Fan Tray Com ple te th e foll owing step s to in sta ll th e upp er fan tra y . Ti p If a component requires more than two[...]

  • Seite 461

    5-77 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 Swi tch Step 4 If you a re insta lling the exhaus t plenum in a 19-inc h cabinet , atta ch the re ar- mounting b rackets t o the rack, and use scre[...]

  • Seite 462

    5-78 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Install the Cable Management Assembly The ca ble m anageme nt assembl y consis ts of two identic al, ho rizonta l cable managers, two mou nt[...]

  • Seite 463

    5-79 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 Swi tch Figur e 5-46 F an P ow er Cable Complete t he follo wing steps to con nect the f a n po wer cabling: Step 1 Inser t the m ale c onnect or o[...]

  • Seite 464

    5-80 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Figur e 5-47 F an P ow er Conne ctions ( AC-P ow er ed Node Sho wn) Connect the AC Power Supply Tray to the MGX 8950 Switch A system po wer [...]

  • Seite 465

    5-81 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 Swi tch Fig ure 5-48 Inte rconn ect C abl e for AC The shr ouds on the A C cables an d the recep tacles on th e card cage an d po wer tra ys are ke[...]

  • Seite 466

    5-82 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Perform th e follo wing procedu re to i nstall the i nterconnect connecti ons for an A C-Powe red Cisco MGX 8950 sw itch with a redund ant A[...]

  • Seite 467

    5-83 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 Swi tch Figure 5-49 shows the A C Inter connect Ca ble Conne ctions for Power Supply A (P SA) in T ray #1 and Po wer Supply B (PSB) in T ray #2. Fi[...]

  • Seite 468

    5-84 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Figur e 5-50 Inter connect P ower Con nections for A C Connect the DC PEM to the MGX 8950 Switch A syste m power cabl e ca rries –48 VDC c[...]

  • Seite 469

    5-85 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 Swi tch Figu re 5-51 Cab le A ssemb ly for System P ower Cautio n The conn ectors on the DC ca bles are keyed to e nsure proper cabling t o the DC [...]

  • Seite 470

    5-86 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Step 3 Route the cab le outside the cable man agement brack ets, then insert the other end of the cable labeled “PEM 1 J1” into the pr i[...]

  • Seite 471

    5-87 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 Swi tch Figure 5-52 shows the I nterconn ect Cabl e Connec tions for Power Suppl y A (PSA) in D C PEM Assemb ly (ASM) #2 and Po wer Supply B (PSB) [...]

  • Seite 472

    5-88 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Figur e 5-53 P o wer I nte rconne ct Connections f or DC Connect the Back Cards Connec t the in terf aces f rom the back c ards to the app r[...]

  • Seite 473

    5-89 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 Swi tch Figur e 5-54 Routing D ata Cables Connect the Console Po rt The comman d line interf ace (CLI) m anagement tool a llo ws you to conf ig ure[...]

  • Seite 474

    5-90 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch The CP conn ection ca n also be set up through a ter minal ser ver , as sho wn in Figure 5- 56 . Figur e 5-56 T er minal Server Conn ection [...]

  • Seite 475

    5-91 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 Swi tch War ni ng Do not touch the power supply when the power cord is connected. For sy stems with a power switch, line voltages are present withi[...]

  • Seite 476

    5-92 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Figur e 5-5 9 A C P o wer Sup ply T ra y Cable (In ter national) Step 2 T wist the plu g clockwise to secure. Step 3 Loosen the nut on the b[...]

  • Seite 477

    5-93 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 Swi tch Figur e 5-60 A C P o wer Con nections (wit h r edundant po w er supply) Connect D C Power to the Swi tch Complete t he follo wing steps to [...]

  • Seite 478

    5-94 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Step 2 Use a Ph illips-head sc re wdriv er to remo ve t he two scre ws that ho ld the p lastic co ver ov er the te rminal block on the DC PE[...]

  • Seite 479

    5-95 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 Swi tch Step 11 At tach th e end of the wire (from Step 10 ) wit h the ring or space lug to the –4 8 VDC, as sh o wn in Figure 5-62 . Step 12 Att[...]

  • Seite 480

    5-96 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch A dial-up con nection exten ds switch management to all work stations that ha ve acc ess to the public switched telephone network ( PSTN). P[...]

  • Seite 481

    5-97 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 Swi tch Connect th e LAN 1 port on the PX M-UI-S3 or PXM-UI-S3/B t o a hub or router . This hub or route r is connect ed to a wor kstation, as sho [...]

  • Seite 482

    5-98 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 883 0/B Switch Note Re fer to the approp riate softwa re configurati on guide for your sw itch and you r release to con figure general switch[...]

  • Seite 483

    5-99 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Installation Checklist When you i nstall a M GX 883 0 system, be sure that yo u follow the inst allation p rocedur es in t he p[...]

  • Seite 484

    5-100 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 883 0/B Switch Note After complet ing thes e steps, pro ceed to the “First T ime Po wer On Proce dure for MGX Switches ” section on page[...]

  • Seite 485

    5-101 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Installation Pro cedures Cautio n The switch shou ld not rece i ve power while you instal l the comp onents. The fol lo wing s[...]

  • Seite 486

    5-102 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 883 0/B Switch Figur e 5-65 MGX 8830 Stabi lity Plat e Dimens ions Step 2 Use fo ur 3/8 x 1 inc h an chorin g bolts (user-provided) to att a[...]

  • Seite 487

    5-103 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Figur e 5-6 6 Installing a Cisco Cabi net ov er the Stability Plat e Step 4 Use four 3/8 x 1 inch anc horing bolts (user -prov[...]

  • Seite 488

    5-104 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 883 0/B Switch Ground the Frame Bonding Ground Connection for a Cisco-Supplied Rack A Cisco- supplied rack ha s two p airs of gr ounding stu[...]

  • Seite 489

    5-105 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Figur e 5-67 Fra me Bonding Connection in Cisco -Supplied Rac k Step 2 Place the connec tor th at termi nate s the grou nding [...]

  • Seite 490

    5-106 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 883 0/B Switch Step 4 Use a wrench t o tigh ten a n ut ont o the thread ed stud s. Measure Rack Space Before yo u install the MG X 8830 swit[...]

  • Seite 491

    5-107 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Prepare for Rack Installatio n The minim um distan ce betwee n left and right mounting rai ls (as you face the rack) must be 1[...]

  • Seite 492

    5-108 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 883 0/B Switch War ni ng T o prevent bodily injury when mo unting or servici ng this unit in a rack, you must take special precautions to en[...]

  • Seite 493

    5-109 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Install the AC Power Supply Tr ay(s) Com ple te th e f ollowi ng s tep s to ins tal l t he AC power sup ply tra y(s ). Note M [...]

  • Seite 494

    5-110 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 883 0/B Switch • “Remo ve th e Back Card s from an APS Ass embly ” sectio n on page 5 -111 • “Remo v e the DC PEM(s) ” sectio n [...]

  • Seite 495

    5-111 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Figu re 5-70 Front Card Ex tractor L ever Step 6 Pull the extract or lev er( s) to d isconnect the fr ont ca rd from the m idp[...]

  • Seite 496

    5-112 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 883 0/B Switch Cautio n A rock ing motio n during conn ector m ating c an bend or dam age the APS conne ctor p ins. Step 1 Remo ve on e of t[...]

  • Seite 497

    5-113 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch War ni ng Never attempt to lift the chassis with the handles on the power suppli es, fan tray s, or the switching modules. The[...]

  • Seite 498

    5-114 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 883 0/B Switch Reinst all the APS As sembly Com ple te th e foll owing step s to r einst al l the APS as sem bly . Note If you are not insta[...]

  • Seite 499

    5-115 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Figur e 5-72 T wo Bac k Car ds in the MGX8830-APS-CON Connec tor Step 4 Position the APS assembly in the approp riate card slo[...]

  • Seite 500

    5-116 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 883 0/B Switch Cautio n T o p rev ent da mage t o compon ents on the bottom si de of a card, sup port th e facep late an d keep the card le [...]

  • Seite 501

    5-117 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Step 9 Install b lank fa ceplates ove r any empty slots. Reinst all the DC PEM(s) Com ple te th e foll owing step s to reins t[...]

  • Seite 502

    5-118 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 883 0/B Switch Step 2 See the “General Card I nstalla tion Gu idelines ” section on pa ge 3- 8 to ver ify th at th ere ar e no bent pins[...]

  • Seite 503

    5-119 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Ti p If the scre w holes on the car d cage are not aligned with the holes on th e frame, p lace a flat-b lade scre wdri ve r b[...]

  • Seite 504

    5-120 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 883 0/B Switch Figure 5-73 shows the m id-moun ting bra ckets attach ed to the swi tch fo r a 19-inc h rack . Figur e 5-73 F ront V iew with[...]

  • Seite 505

    5-121 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Step 2 Use a lif t to raise the switch to the d esired position. Step 3 Place two spacers (a bout 0.06 0 inch [1/16 inch ] thi[...]

  • Seite 506

    5-122 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 883 0/B Switch Step 6 Use the 10-32 truss head scre ws to secure the switch to the rear - mounting brack ets. Install the Cable Management A[...]

  • Seite 507

    5-123 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch If you are using AC power , c omplete the following ste ps to c onnect the AC power supply tray t o the MGX 8830 swi tch. If y[...]

  • Seite 508

    5-124 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 883 0/B Switch Step 6 Repeat Step 1 through Step 5 with t he ot her AC po wer s upply c able to con nect th e sec ond AC power supply . Note[...]

  • Seite 509

    5-125 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Figur e 5-78 W ork station Connection to the Console P ort T able 5-8 T ermin al Set tings Setting Va lue Baud rate 9600 bps C[...]

  • Seite 510

    5-126 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 883 0/B Switch The CP conn ection ca n also be set up through a ter minal ser ver , as sho wn in Figure 5- 79 . Figur e 5-79 T er minal Serv[...]

  • Seite 511

    5-127 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Connect A C Power to the Swi tch Complete the follo wing steps to connect A C po wer to the switch. Note The A C pow er rece p[...]

  • Seite 512

    5-128 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 883 0/B Switch Figur e 5-80 Rear View of the MG X 8830 wi th T wo D C PEMs Ins talled Note Depending on yo ur order , ther e will be eith er[...]

  • Seite 513

    5-129 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Figur e 5-82 Po lar ities at the M GX 8830 PE M Plugg a ble T er minal Bloc k Step 4 Locat e the w iring block for TB1 . Figur[...]

  • Seite 514

    5-130 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 883 0/B Switch Step 8 If you have a redundant DC PEM installe d in y our MGX 8830, r epeat Step 1 throug h Step 7 for th e second DC PEM. St[...]

  • Seite 515

    5-131 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Connect the MP Connection Note This step is optional. A dial-up con nection exten ds switch management to all work stations th[...]

  • Seite 516

    5-132 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 883 0/B Switch Connect the LAN1/2 Ports Note This step is optional. A local LAN connec tion exte nds switch management to all workstation s [...]

  • Seite 517

    5-133 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the Ferrite Bead on the PXM-UI-S3/B Card Step 1 If your switch has an (optiona l) fro nt door, v erif y that th e doo r is inst alled and close d and that each [...]

  • Seite 518

    5-134 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the Ferrit e Bead on the PXM-UI-S3/B Card Step 3 Snap t he ferri te bead c losed b y pre ssing each half togeth er until each of the three locking mechanisms sn[...]

  • Seite 519

    5-135 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the Ferrite Bead on Ribbon Connectors Figur e 5-8 8 Snap the F err ite Bea d Closed on th e Cable Lea ding t o the PXM-UI-S 3/B Back Car d Installing the Fe rri[...]

  • Seite 520

    5-136 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the Ferrit e Bead on Ribb on Connecto rs If the fe rrite bead is closed, pla ce the bead on a flat surf ace. a. Insert a small flat- blade scre wdri ver in to t[...]

  • Seite 521

    5-137 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway First Time Power On Procedu re for MGX Switches First Time Power On Proce dure for MGX Switches This proce dure desc ribes ho w to bring up th e follo wing M GX chassis fo[...]

  • Seite 522

    5-138 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway First Time Pow er On Procedur e for MGX Switche s General Pow er On Sequence and Chec kout The gene ral proced ure incl udes the se steps: 1. Install the MGX cha ssis (if r[...]

  • Seite 523

    5-139 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installin g the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway First Time Power On Procedu re for MGX Switches Step 5 Insert i n the back cards and cons ole po rt cable for the pr imary PXM controll er card . For e xam ple, on an MGX [...]

  • Seite 524

    5-140 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway First Time Pow er On Procedur e for MGX Switche s Top Fan Tray 7 >= 2000 RPM 3504 Normal Top Fan Tray 8 >= 2000 RPM 3450 Normal Top Fan Tray 9 >= 2000 RPM 3468 Nor[...]

  • Seite 525

    C HAPTER 6-1 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 6 Maintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway This c hapter c ontains mainten ance pro cedures for the Cisc o MGX 8 850 (PXM 1E/PXM45 ), Cisc o MGX 885 0/B, Ci sco MGX 8 950, C isco MG X 8830, Ci sco MGX 8830/B switche[...]

  • Seite 526

    6-2 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Swapping a Pri mary or Redund ant DC Power Ent ry Module with Power On Swapping a Primary or Re dundant DC Power Entry Module with Power On If necessar y , you can repl ace [...]

  • Seite 527

    6-3 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintain ing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gatew ay Swapping a Primary or Redundant DC Power Entry Module with Power On Figur e 6-1 DC PEM F aceplate Step 6 Disconne ct DC source wires at the wiring term inal blocks on t he[...]

  • Seite 528

    6-4 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Removing and Installing the D ouble-Hei ght Fro nt Cards • T o a lign the pi ns of th e backp lane and cable pi ns, move the cabl e conne ctor slight ly up a nd down or si[...]

  • Seite 529

    6-5 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintain ing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gatew ay Removing and Instal ling the Double-Hei ght Front Cards Cautio n When e xtractin g a front card , keep th e card le vel until it is c ompletely e xtract ed from the ch ass[...]

  • Seite 530

    6-6 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Removing and Installing the D ouble-Hei ght Fro nt Cards Step 2 Push do wn on the plastic le ver . Figu re 6-3 How to Open a Card’ s L atch or Ex tractor L ever Step 3 Eit[...]

  • Seite 531

    6-7 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintain ing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gatew ay Removing and Instal ling the Double-Hei ght Front Cards Install the Double-Height Front Cards Complete the following steps to instal l double-hei ght front card s in the c[...]

  • Seite 532

    6-8 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Removing and Installing the Sing le-Height Front Cards Removing and Installing the Single-Height Front Cards The fo llo wing sections desc ribe how to remove and install a s[...]

  • Seite 533

    6-9 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintain ing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gatew ay Removing and Installing the Back Cards Step 5 Gently pul l the front card out of the card cage. K eep the front card le vel and make sure th at it does not hit the one ben[...]

  • Seite 534

    6-10 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Removing and Installing the B ack Card s Cautio n Proper ESD protecti on is requ ired when ev er you ha ndle Cisco equipm ent. Ins tallation and maint enance personne l sho[...]

  • Seite 535

    6-11 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintain ing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gatew ay Removing and Installing the Back Cards Step 5 Pull e ve nly on the two ex tractor le vers to remo ve the ba ck card from the card ca ge. Step 6 Either replac e the back c[...]

  • Seite 536

    6-12 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Removing and Instal ling Back Card Transc eivers Removing and Installing Ba ck Card Transceivers The fol lo wing sections describe ho w to remo ve and install a back ca rd [...]

  • Seite 537

    6-13 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintain ing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gatew ay Replacing the Air Intake Plenum Filter Step 4 While pr essing th e pink extrac tion rin g against th e back c ard, ge ntly pul l the tr ansceiver away from the back ca rd[...]

  • Seite 538

    6-14 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Removing the Ce nter G uide Mo dules The MGX 885 0 (PXM1 E/PXM45), MGX 8850/B a nd MGX 8950 swit ch each use a stand ard plenum. Starting Ma y 2003, with MGX Release 4, the[...]

  • Seite 539

    6-15 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintain ing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gatew ay Remov ing th e Cent er Gui de Mo dule s If a ce nter g uide mo dule is re moved from the rear and o ne doubl e-hei ght back c ard is install ed, inst all a double -height[...]

  • Seite 540

    6-16 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Removing the Ce nter G uide Mo dules Figur e 6-8 Remo v al of the Cent er Guide Module Step 4 Carefully pu sh the vertical suppor t bracket straight downward approxim ately[...]

  • Seite 541

    6-17 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintain ing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gatew ay Connec ting the Ba ck Cards to th e APS Conn ector Figur e 6-9 Guide Mo dule Suppor t Brack et Step 6 Slide th e cente r guide module carefu lly from th e ca rd cage. Ste[...]

  • Seite 542

    6-18 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Connecting t he Back Cards to the APS Connector Figur e 6-1 0 Connect ing the Bac k Card t o the APS Con nect or (MGX 883 0 Examp le) Step 3 Carefully in stall the back car[...]

  • Seite 543

    6-19 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintain ing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gatew ay Installing the APS Assembly in the Switch Figur e 6-1 1 Tw o Back Car ds Installed in the APS Connect or (MGX 8830 Exam ple) Installing the APS Asse mbly in the Switch An[...]

  • Seite 544

    6-20 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the APS Assemb ly in the Switch Figur e 6-12 Remo ving the Fille r Bar (MGX 8830 ) Step 4 Connect a gro unding str ap to the ESD grounding jack or to the equipm [...]

  • Seite 545

    6-21 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintain ing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gatew ay Rem oving the Ba ck Car ds from an AP S Asse mbly Removing the Back Cards fro m an APS Assembly Complet e the follo wing step s to re mo ve back cards f rom an APS assemb[...]

  • Seite 546

    6-22 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng or Removi ng Redundanc y Connec tors Installing or Removing Redundan cy Co nnectors Redunda ncy connect ors (R CON) provide 1:N r edundancy for MPSM-16 -T1E1 c [...]

  • Seite 547

    6-23 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintain ing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gatew ay Install ing or R emoving Re dundan cy Connect ors Step 4 Place th e RCON assembly o ver th e RCON moun ting bar , positioning the RCON alignmen t flange o ver the top edg[...]

  • Seite 548

    6-24 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng or Removi ng Redundanc y Connec tors Step 8 Restore p o wer to the MGX 8850/B. Installing MGX 8830/B Redundancy Connectors War ni ng Y ou must remove po wer fro[...]

  • Seite 549

    6-25 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintain ing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gatew ay Install ing or R emoving Re dundan cy Connect ors Step 4 Remove the three filler b ars betwe en slots 3 t hrough 6 on right ba y (See Figur e 6-14 ), or slots 1 0 through[...]

  • Seite 550

    6-26 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng or Removi ng Redundanc y Connec tors Step 5 Place th e RCON assembly o ver th e RCON mountin g bar , po sitioning the RCON alignment f lange o ver the right of [...]

  • Seite 551

    6-27 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintain ing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gatew ay Installing and Removing the AXSM-XG Extender Connector Removin g Redu ndancy C onnectors War ni ng Remove power from the MGX 8850/B or MGX 8830 /B switch before removing [...]

  • Seite 552

    6-28 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng and Removing the A XSM-XG E xtender Connector Figur e 6-16 MGX8950 -EXTDR-CON In stallation Step 4 Insert th e mounti ng screws, with l ock washer s, from th e [...]

  • Seite 553

    6-29 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintain ing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gatew ay Installing and Removing the AXSM-XG Extender Connector Figur e 6-1 7 MGX8950 -EXTDR-CON Assem bly Step 5 T ighten the four mount ing scr e ws. Removin g the Exten der Con[...]

  • Seite 554

    6-30 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng and Removing the A XSM-XG E xtender Connector Step 3 Sa ve the ex tend er conn ect or and ha rdw are for possi ble fut ure us e with MGX 8950 sw itche s.[...]

  • Seite 555

    A- 1 Cisco MGX 8800/8 900 Series Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 APPEND IX A Front Card Specifications This append ix provides techni cal specifications fo r cards used i n Cisco MGX 8950, Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PX M45), Cisco MGX 8850/B , Cisco M GX 883 0 and C isco MGX 8830/B s witches a [...]

  • Seite 556

    A- 2 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Single-Hei ght Service Mo dule Specifi cations Single-Height Service Module Specifications Ta b l e A - 1 lists t he physical spec if ication s for the following single-he ight service mod ules: • AU S M s • CESMs[...]

  • Seite 557

    A-3 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix PXM1E Sp ecif ications PXM1E Specifications Ta b l e A - 3 list s the physica l and technic al specificati ons for the PX M1E, the use r interface back card, and th e NNI/ UNI bac k card . T able A -2 Dou ble-Height S[...]

  • Seite 558

    A- 4 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix PXM1E Sp ecificati ons Proce ssor clock s peed an d memory specific s Clock speed: 35 0 MHz interna l, 100 MHz exte rnal Fla sh memo ry: 2 MB DRAM: 25 6 MB T ertiary ca che: 2 MB Extern al L3 cache : 2 MB Seconda ry c[...]

  • Seite 559

    A-5 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix PXM45 Sp ecifi cations PXM45 Specifications Ta b l e A - 4 l ists the physi cal and te chnica l specificati ons for the PXM45, t he user in terface ba ck card , and the PXM-HD back card. Pow er –48 VDC Maximu m powe[...]

  • Seite 560

    A- 6 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix PXM45 Spec ifications Proce ssor clock s peed an d memory specific s Clock speed: 35 0 MHz intern al, 10 0 MHz ext ernal Flash memory : 2 MB DRAM: 2 56 MB • PXM45, i ntroduce d Octobe r 2000, with MG X Release 2 sof[...]

  • Seite 561

    A-7 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix RPM-PR Specif icati ons RPM-PR Specifications Ta b l e A - 5 lists t he physical specifications for the RPM-PRs. Mainte nanc e and ser vicea bilit y • Internal iso lation loopb ack (man aged b y t he softw are) • [...]

  • Seite 562

    A- 8 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix RPM-XF Speci fications RPM-XF Specifications Ta b l e A - 6 lists t he physical spec if ication s for the RPM-XFs. SRM Specifications Ta b l e A - 7 list s the physical spec ifications for the SRMs. T able A -6 RPM -X[...]

  • Seite 563

    A-9 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix SRM Sp ecifi cations W e ight for SRMs 1.74 lb (0.79 kg) W e ight for back cards Card-de pendent Exter nal int erf aces Back ca rd de penden t Power –48 VDC Maximu m power consum ption See Ta b l e 3 - 6 fo r MGX 88[...]

  • Seite 564

    A-10 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix SRM S pecifications[...]

  • Seite 565

    B-1 Cisco MGX 8800/8 900 Series Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 APPEND IX B Cable Specifications This a ppendix pr ovides cable requireme nts and pin assignm ents fo r cables use d with Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PX M45), Cisco MGX 8850/B , Cisco M GX 895 0, Cisco MGX 8830 and Ci sco MGX 8830/B[...]

  • Seite 566

    B-2 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Notes ab out Cables and Co nnectors Cable and Conn ector Namin g Conv entions The suffix to the model num ber indic ates the leng th of the ca ble. For exampl e, 5610-50 indicate s a 50-foot ca ble. Sometimes the suf f[...]

  • Seite 567

    B-3 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Contr ol and Cloc k Cablin g Standard Cisco MGX 8950 Cables The stan dard cable s that Cisco can supply fo r the Cisco MGX 8950 syste m appear in Ta b l e B - 2 . Control and Clock Ca bling This sect ion descri bes th[...]

  • Seite 568

    B-4 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Control and Clo ck Cabling Note Th e PXM- UI-S3/B user int erface c ard doe s not h av e a ma intena nce por t. Procedure to Co nnect a Modem to the Maintenance Por t Ta b l e B - 3 lists c able informat ion for mainte[...]

  • Seite 569

    B-5 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Contr ol and Cloc k Cablin g Null Modem Cable Figure B-1 shows a null m odem cabl e that is used for conn ecting m odems t o the con trol o r mainte nance ports on the PXM-U I-S3 and PXM-U I-S3/B User Interface Cards [...]

  • Seite 570

    B-6 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Control and Clo ck Cabling The PX M-UI-S3 or PXM-U I-S3/B cards go into sl ots 1 and 2 for the M GX 883 0 and MG X 8830/B switch es. For redun dancy whe re one user interfac e bac k card is p resent , conne ct to both [...]

  • Seite 571

    B-7 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Contr ol and Cloc k Cablin g Note Make sure tha t the 100-o hm termination is selected when you conf igure th e clocks fo r T1. Y o u need to connec t only t he RX Ring, the RX Tip, and the G round ( pins 4, 5, and 6)[...]

  • Seite 572

    B-8 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Control and Clo ck Cabling Figur e B-2 Optional RJ -45 to Wir e-wrap Note Th e eigh t pins of the adapte r are marked and have a one-t o-one c orrel ation to the e ight li nes o n the R J-45 conn ector . When you insta[...]

  • Seite 573

    B-9 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Exter nal Al arm Cablin g Step 3 Use a wir e-wra pping tool to wrap th e shield dr ain wir e to the gro und pin (pi n 3 or 6) of the ada pter . The shield drai n wire is the bare wire sho wn in Figure B-5 . Figur e B-[...]

  • Seite 574

    B-10 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix External Alarm Cabl ing Alarm Connector Pin Assignments Ta b l e B - 8 de scribe s the Alarm connecto r pin a ssign ments fo r the d iff erent M GX multis ervice s witches . Connector Pin Functions for Audi o and Visu[...]

  • Seite 575

    B-11 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Power C abling Pin States for Each Alarm State Ta b l e B - 1 0 summ arizes which p ins are o pen ( open circ uit) an d which pins are closed (short c ircuit) f or each a larm s tate. Power Cabling This secti on prov[...]

  • Seite 576

    B-12 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Power Cablin g AC Power Cablin g—MGX 8850 (PXM1 E /PXM45 ), MGX 8850 /B and MGX 8 880 W e prov ide a 6-foo t (1.8-me ter) AC po wer cord for an AC-powered system. This AC po w er cord i s av ailable for the foll ow [...]

  • Seite 577

    B-13 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Power C abling DC Power Cabling Ta b l e B - 1 3 list s DC power cable a nd conn ector recom mendat ions for e ach M GX swi tch an d media gate way system. T y pically , Cisco does no t provide powe r cabling for DC-[...]

  • Seite 578

    B-14 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Redundanc y Y-Cable DC Power Connecti ons For the MGX 8850 (PX M1E/PXM 45), MGX 8850 /B, MGX 8950, and MG X 8880 systems, DC powe r connec tions a re ma de to the te rminal block o n the back of th e DC p ower entry m[...]

  • Seite 579

    B-15 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Redunda ncy Y- Cable Y Cables fo r MGX 8 950 Ta b l e B - 1 5 lists the Y - cables used with v arious Cisco MGX 8950 cards. PXM-UI-S3 PXM-UI-S3/B RJ-45 E1 BIT S clock CAB-5686-04 x PXM-UI-S3 PXM-UI-S3/B RJ-45 E1 BIT [...]

  • Seite 580

    B-16 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Trunk Ca bling Trunk Cabling This sect ion provides informat ion about T3 a nd E3 trunk ca bling. T3 Trunk Ca bling A trunk cable connect s each T3 po rt on the SMB-8T3 back card to a T3 port on the col ocated MGX 822[...]

  • Seite 581

    B-17 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Frame Re lay Cabli ng See Ta b l e B - 1 9 f or detail s on SMB pin fun ctions. Frame Relay Cabling This secti on describe s the cabli ng and conn ector pin ass ignments fo r the Frame Relay cards . Note Th e Frame R[...]

  • Seite 582

    B-18 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Frame Rela y Cabling See Ta b l e B - 2 1 for pin assi gnment s for the RJ-48C T1 a nd E1 connec tor . Note T ransmit direction is to ward the T1 trunk. See Figure B-7 for an RJ-48 co nnector sch ematic . Figur e B-7 [...]

  • Seite 583

    B-19 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Frame Re lay Cabli ng E1 Cabling E1 trunk cable s connec t the cust omer D SX-1 cross- conne ct point or E1 CS U to the M GX swit ch at the FRSM E1 ba ck card (SMB -8E1 ). See Ta b l e B - 2 2 for E1 trunk cable and [...]

  • Seite 584

    B-20 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Frame Rela y Cabling T able B-25 V .35 Signals Acro nym Signa l Nam e Signal Sour ce RT S R e q u e s t t o S e n d D T E DTR Data T erminal Ready DTE CTS Clear T o Send DCE DSR Data Set Ready DCE DCD Data Carrier Det[...]

  • Seite 585

    B-21 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Frame Re lay Cabli ng Each ca ble ca n ha ve a male o r female connec tor at the fa r end. Al so, th e av ailable clo ck so urces de pend on the mode: • In DTE mode, the cl ock sour ce is e ither line or ST (ST is [...]

  • Seite 586

    B-22 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Frame Rela y Cabling MGX-SCS I2-2HSSI/B Port Conne ctors The Hig h-Speed Ser ial Interfac e (HSSI) por t connect s through a fe male SCSI-II connector Th is connect or complies with specif ications in ANSI/TIA/EIA -61[...]

  • Seite 587

    B-23 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Frame Re lay Cabli ng Figur e B-8 24 T1 /E1 Bac k Car d Cable Diagr am The signa l descripti on for 50 pin cham p conne ctor for transm it interfac e is shown in Ta b l e B - 3 0 . 24 T1/E1 Back Card 50 Pin AMPHENOL [...]

  • Seite 588

    B-24 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Frame Rela y Cabling The signa l descriptio n for 50 pin cham p connec tor for rece i ve interface is shown in Ta b l e B - 3 1 17 TXRI NG17 TXTIP17 4 2 18 TXRI NG18 TXTIP18 4 3 19 TXRI NG19 TXTIP19 4 4 20 TXRI NG20 T[...]

  • Seite 589

    B-25 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Illustrated Cable Guide Illustra ted Cable Guide This se ction sh ows which cabl es are u sed for Cisco M GX 8850 (PXM1E /PXM45), MGX 8850/B, MGX 895 0, MGX 8830, MGX 8 830/B and MGX 8 880 cha ssis and ca rds. Ca ble[...]

  • Seite 590

    B-26 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Illustrated Cable Guide PXM1E -4-155 PXM-UI-S3/B DB15(M) to DB15( F) Y ca ble 10' RJ48(M ) to RJ4 8(F) Y cable 4" RJ48(M ) to RJ4 8(F) Y cable 6" SS(M ) to 3 xRJ48 (F) Y c able 6" Balun fo r 120ohm[...]

  • Seite 591

    B-27 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Illustrated Cable Guide PXM1E -T3E3- 155 PXM- UI-S3/B DB15(M) to DB15( F) Y ca ble 10' RJ48(M ) to RJ4 8(F) Y cable 4" RJ48(M ) to RJ4 8(F) Y cable 6" SS(M ) to 3 xRJ48 (F) Y c able 6" Balun fo r [...]

  • Seite 592

    B-28 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Illustrated Cable Guide AXSM-1-2488 SMFSR-1-248 8 SMFLR- 1-2488 SMFXLR -1-248 8 AXSM-1-2488/B SMFSR-1-2488/B MGX-APS-CON MGX-88 50-APS- CON SMFLR- 1-2488/B MG X-APS-C ON MGX-88 50-APS- CON SMFXLR- 1-248 8/B MGX-APS- C[...]

  • Seite 593

    B-29 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Illustrated Cable Guide AXSM-16-155 M MF-8-1 55-MT MGX-APS-CON MGX-88 50-APS- CON MTRJ to SC MM duplex ca ble 3m MTRJ to SC MM duplex ca ble 5m CAB-MT RJ-SC -MM-3 M CAB-MT RJ-SC -MM-5 M SMFIR-8-15 5-LC MGX-APS -CON M[...]

  • Seite 594

    B-30 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Illustrated Cable Guide AXSM-16-T3E3 SMB-8-T3 SMB(M) to BNC(F) Y cable sim- plex 6" SMB(M) to BNC(F) simplex 6" SMB(M) to SMB(M) simple x 6' SMB(M) to BNC(F) simplex 6" Bundle of 6x CAB-T3 E3-PL-AD[...]

  • Seite 595

    B-31 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Illustrated Cable Guide AXSM-16-T3E3 /B SMB-8-T3 SMB(M) to BNC(F) Y cable sim- plex 6" SMB(M) to BNC(F) simplex 6" SMB(M) to SMB(M) simple x 6' SMB(M) to BNC(F) simplex 6" Bundle of 6x CAB-T3 E3-P[...]

  • Seite 596

    B-32 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Illustrated Cable Guide AXSM-16-T3E3 -E SMB-8-T3 SMB(M) to BNC(F) Y cab le sim- plex 6" SMB(M) to BNC(F) simplex 6" SMB(M) to SMB(M) simple x 6' SMB(M) to BNC(F) simplex 6" Bundle of 6x CAB-T3 E3-P[...]

  • Seite 597

    B-33 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Illustrated Cable Guide FRSM-12-T3E3 SMB-6-T3E3 SMB(M) to BNC(F) Y cable sim- plex 6" SMB(M) to BNC(F) simplex 6" SMB(M) to SMB(M) simple x 6' SMB(M) to BNC(F) simplex 6" Bundle of 6x CAB-T3 E3-PL[...]

  • Seite 598

    B-34 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Illustrated Cable Guide MGX-SRME MGX-SMFIR-1-1 55 MGX-8850-AP S-CON SMF SC to SMF SC Y cable simplex CAB-SMF-Y -SC MGX-STM1-EL -1 MGX-APS-CON MGX-88 50-APS- CON SMB(M) to BNC(F) Y cable sim- plex 6" SMB(M) to BNC[...]

  • Seite 599

    B-35 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Illustrated Cable Guide AX-CESM-8E1 AX-SMB-8E1 SMB(M) to BNC(F) sim plex 6" SMB(M) to SMB(M) simple x 6' SMB(M) to BNC(F) simplex 6" Bundle of 6x CAB-T3 E3-PL-AD Bundle o f 12x CAB-T3E3-P L-AD Bundle o[...]

  • Seite 600

    B-36 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Illustrated Cable Guide AX-FRSM-8E1-C AX-SMB-8E1 SMB(M) to BNC(F) simplex 6" SMB(M) to SMB(M) simple x 6' SMB(M) to BNC(F) simplex 6" Bundle of 6x CAB-T3 E3-PL-AD Bundle o f 12x CAB-T3E3-P L-AD Bundle o[...]

  • Seite 601

    B-37 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Illustrated Cable Guide List of Cables Illustrated in this Appendix Ta b l e B - 3 3 lists the cables that are illustra ted in the remainder of this appendix . Cables appear in alphabe tical or der . The num ber of c[...]

  • Seite 602

    B-38 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Illustrated Cable Guide CAB- MMF-LC Figur e B-9 CAB-MMF -LC (Multimode LC Ca ble) (72-37 42-0 1) CAB- MMF-LC -Y Figur e B-1 0 CAB-MMF-LC- Y (72-381 1 -0 1) Cable CAB-RBB N-16-T1E1 The CAB -RBBN- 16-T1 E1 cable is used[...]

  • Seite 603

    B-39 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Illustrated Cable Guide CAB-RBBN-16T1E1-Y The CA B-RBBN-16T1 E1-Y c able is used on the RBBN-16-T1E 1 back card. Y ou ne ed two cables p er back car d, one T X and one RX. Figur e B-12 CAB-RBBN-16T1E 1 -Y Cable CAB-R[...]

  • Seite 604

    B-40 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Illustrated Cable Guide CAB-SMFIR -LC Figu re B-13 CAB -SMF IR- LC (7 2-1932- 0 1 ) Cab le Line 7 – ti p ring 12 30 32 7 Line 8 – ti p ring 11 29 33 8 Line 9 – ti p ring 8 26 34 9 Line 10 – tip ring 7 25 35 10[...]

  • Seite 605

    B-41 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Illustrated Cable Guide CAB-SMFIR -LC-Y Figur e B-14 CAB-SM FIR-LC-Y (72-1 931 -0 1) Cable CAB-SMFLR- LC See Fi gur e B-13 on page B-40 . CAB-SMFLR- LC-Y See Fi gur e B-14 on page B-41 . 116421[...]

  • Seite 606

    B-42 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Illustrated Cable Guide[...]

  • Seite 607

    C-1 Cisco MGX 8800/8 900 Series Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 APPEND IX C Earthing and Bon ding Recommendations Note Th is append ix applie s to the Cisco MG X switc hes and ga tew ays descri bed in this gu ide: MGX 8850 (PXM45/PX M1E), M GX 8850/ B, MGX 8950 , MGX 8 830 and MGX 8830/B m[...]

  • Seite 608

    C-2 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix EC [3] De finitions • Required values of voltage and re sistance betwe en different CB N bonding point s EC [3] Definitions The fo llowing definit ions ap ply to t erminol ogy found in IEC 50 [ 3]: Earth The conduct [...]

  • Seite 609

    C-3 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix EC [3] Definitions K.27 Definitions The fo llo wing definitions appl y to terminol ogy found in K.27: Bonding netwo rk (BN) A set of interc onnected cond ucti ve struct ures that prov ide an elect romagnet ic shield f[...]

  • Seite 610

    C-4 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix EC [3] De finitions Mesh-IB N A t ype of IBN in wh ich the compone nts of the IBN (e quipment fram es) are i nterc onnect ed to form a me sh-l ike struct ure. Th is may , for example, be ac hieved by mul tipl e int erc[...]

  • Seite 611

    C-5 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Bonding Networks Figure C-1 shows examples o f star a nd mesh topologi es. Figur e C-1 Star and Mesh T opology Ex amples Bonding Netwo rks Bonding a nd earthing a re accompli shed throug h the constr uction an d maint[...]

  • Seite 612

    C-6 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Bondin g Networks The purpose of a BN is to shi eld peop le and equ ipment from t he ad verse e f fects of el ectro magneti c energy from DC to low RF ran ge. Lightn ing and bo th A C and DC power faults ar e the ene r[...]

  • Seite 613

    C-7 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Bonding Networks Equipm ent backpl ane spee ds are in the ca tegory above 800 MHz. Be cause the de sign must ant icipate the wor st cas e scenar io, co ncern s about RF damag e are much g reater . At 800 MHz o nly 10 [...]

  • Seite 614

    C-8 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Bondin g and Ground ing the Cisco M GX System 6. The co upling of surges i nto indo or signa l or power cabling is redu ced, in genera l, by run ning the cables in close prox imity to CBN elem ents. Ho wev er , in the [...]

  • Seite 615

    C-9 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Bonding a nd Groundin g the Cisc o MGX System Except for the A C power supply modu les, ev ery mod ule in a rack-m ount system use s the rack fo r groundi ng. The refore, t he ra ck must conne ct to p rotective earth [...]

  • Seite 616

    C-10 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Bondin g and Ground ing the Cisco M GX System Figur e C-2 Mixed Gr ounding S yste m T able C-1 Ground P oint Descr iptions f or Mix ed Gr ounding Connection Description Z1 –48 VDC re turn . Z2 Protective earth or sa[...]

  • Seite 617

    C-11 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Bonding a nd Groundin g the Cisc o MGX System As Figure C-2 shows, the non-i solated system has a 48-VDC return that internally connects to the backpl ane. ( This desi gn call s for a hard-w ired re turn a nd so doe [...]

  • Seite 618

    C-12 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Bondin g and Ground ing the Cisco M GX System Note Ta b l e C - 3 is for re ference , it i s recom mended that yo u use 6 gaug e or g reater . 70 A 6 gau ge 4 gauge 2 gauge 1 gauge 00 gauge 000 gau ge — 75 A 6 gau g[...]

  • Seite 619

    D- 1 Cisco MGX 8800/8 900 Series Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 APPEND IX D Guide to Transceivers (SFPs) Used with MGX Back Cards This append ix lists the small form-factor pluggable (SFP) transceivers that are used in MGX products, and th e back car ds they are used wi th. Ta b l e D - 1[...]

  • Seite 620

    D- 2 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix SMF-4-2 488-SFP 10-142 1-03 SMFSR-1-2 488-SFP 1300 Single-m ode 2K LC 10-1742- 01 SMFLR-1-24 88-SFP 1300 Single-mode 40K LC 10-1591- 01 SMFXLR-1- 2488-SFP 15 50 Single-mode 80K LC 1. LC connecto rs are manufact ured u[...]

  • Seite 621

    GL-1 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 GLOSSAR Y A AC Alterna ting current AIS Alarm in dicati on signal APS Automatic protection swit ching ASAC Any service, an y car d ASAP Any service , any port ASIC Applicatio n specif ic inte grated circuit ATM Asynchr onous t[...]

  • Seite 622

    Glos sary GL-2 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 CP Console port o r cont rol port CSU Channel servic e unit CWM Cisco W AN Mana ger , the M GX mult iservice swi tch networ k manage ment syst em. D DC Dire ct current DCE Data c ommuni cations equipm ent DSP Digital[...]

  • Seite 623

    Glossary GL-3 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 I IOS Internet operating syst em IP Intern et prot ocol K kpps kilo packets pe r second L LAN Local area netw ork LED Light emitting diode LH Long haul LM Line mo dule LOF Lo ss of frame LOS Loss o f signal M MCC Min [...]

  • Seite 624

    Glos sary GL-4 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 nm nanome ter NNI Netwo rk-to-netw ork interf ace O OC Optical Carrie r P PE PEM Po wer entry m odule PNNI Private Network-t o-Netwo rk Interfa ce POS Pa cket o ver SONET PPP Point-to-po int protoc ol PSTN Pub lic sw[...]

  • Seite 625

    Glossary GL-5 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 SETS Synchronous eq uipment t iming source SFP Small fo rm-factor pluggab le SLIP Serial lin e interface pro tocol SM Servic e module SMB Sub-miniature BNC SMFIR Single-mode fiber, intermediate- reach. SMFLR Single-mo[...]

  • Seite 626

    Glos sary GL-6 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 V V.21 An ITU- T modem protocol for 3 00 bits p er seco nd two-wi re full -duplex com municati ons using Frequency Shif t Ke ying modu lation. A ll moder n modems sup port both V .21 and the close variant, B ell 103.[...]

  • Seite 627

    IN-1 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 INDEX Numerics 1 to 1 redunda nt card conf igurati on guideli nes 5 3-in-1 tool 27, 1 A AAL ( ATM Ada ptati on Laye r) 48 AC power MGX 8830 123 MGX 8850 37, 44 MGX 8880 17, 37 MGX 8950 61 AC power co rds MGX 8830 54 MGX 8850 2[...]

  • Seite 628

    Index IN-2 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 S eries Ha rdware Installa tion Guide Releases 2 - 5. 2, Part Number OL-4545-01 , Rev. H0, May 2006 compatibilit y 19 AXSM-XG LEDs 21 used w ith exte nder card in M GX 895 0 39 B back c ards 12IN1-8 S 98 BNC-2E3 99 BNC-2T3 100 BNC-3-T3E 3 101 BNC-3T3-M 102 for AUSM fr ont cards 7, 10 for AXSM fr ont cards 7 for CE SM [...]

  • Seite 629

    Inde x IN-3 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Back Ca rds for MGX 895 0 Switches 93 bay definition 5, 7 illustration 6 BITS 6 definition 6 bulk dist ribution definition 1 planning for 1, 20 C cable connec tor ferrules, non-metallic 2 cab le mana geme nt illustratio[...]

  • Seite 630

    Index IN-4 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 S eries Ha rdware Installa tion Guide Releases 2 - 5. 2, Part Number OL-4545-01 , Rev. H0, May 2006 CP (c onso le port ) on PXM- UI-S3 42 CP port location 5 D DC power installing DC PEM on MGX 8830 117, 127 installing DC PEM on MGX 8850 33, 44 installing DC PEM on MGX 8880 33 installing DC PEM on MGX 8950 84 safety gu[...]

  • Seite 631

    Inde x IN-5 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 PXM1 E-CO MBO 56 PXM1E p roces sor car d 45 PXM1 E-T3E3- 155 56 PXM45/C 60 PXM45 and PXM45/B 59 PXM45 front (proc esso r) cards 57 RPM-PR 62, 64 RPM-XF 65, 67 SRM 68 SRM-3T3/C 69, 70 SRME 71, 72 SRME/B 73, 76 supported [...]

  • Seite 632

    Index IN-6 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 S eries Ha rdware Installa tion Guide Releases 2 - 5. 2, Part Number OL-4545-01 , Rev. H0, May 2006 K K.27 definiti ons 3 L LAN connec tion on PXM-UI-S3 48 licenses for MPSM cards 15 line nu mbers, illustr ation 6 M Maintenance Connect the Back Cards to the APS Connector 17 Install the APS Assembly into the Switch 19 [...]

  • Seite 633

    Inde x IN-7 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 front card re lease histo ry 2 groundi ng 10 hardware 23 illustration 2 installati on procedures 1 power requi rement s 11 site requir ements 10 slot assignments 7, 22 spac e requ ireme nts 11 weight requi rements 11 MG[...]

  • Seite 634

    Index IN-8 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 S eries Ha rdware Installa tion Guide Releases 2 - 5. 2, Part Number OL-4545-01 , Rev. H0, May 2006 N NEBS Level 3, complian ce 1 Note , defi nit ion 35 O organi zation of t his manua l 33 P power MGX 8830 47 MGX 8850 11 MGX 8880 56 MGX 8950 32 power on first time 137 power re ceptacle s 18 power suppl y part n umbers[...]

  • Seite 635

    Inde x IN-9 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 online location s 1 removi ng center guid e module s 5 replac ing ca rds hot swappi ng 8 RJ-45 to wire -wrap ada pter 7 RPM-PR back c ards 13, 62 card types 13 descript ion 13, 62 interfac es 62 LEDs 65 RPM-XF back c ar[...]

  • Seite 636

    Index IN- 10 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 S eries Ha rdware Installa tion Guide Releases 2 - 5. 2, Part Number OL-4545-01 , Rev. H0, May 2006 Stratum netw ork cloc king 120 T T1 cable p aramet ers (ta ble) 17 temper ature MGX 8830 46 MGX 8850 15 MGX 8880 60 MGX 8950 32 Tip , defi niti on 35 tools 3-in-1 (p art 70-07 569-01) 27, 1 required for first time br [...]

  • Seite 637

    Inde x IN- 11 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 ships with system 7 X XM60 card type 14 descript ion 14, 89 MGX 8950 switch fabric 89 slot assignments 139[...]

  • Seite 638

    Index IN- 12 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 S eries Ha rdware Installa tion Guide Releases 2 - 5. 2, Part Number OL-4545-01 , Rev. H0, May 2006[...]